6-MEMBERED AZA-HETEROCYCLIC CONTAINING DELTA-OPIOID RECEPTOR MODULATING COMPOUNDS, METHODS OF USING AND MAKING

THE SAME

Cross-Reference to Related Applications

The present application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/213,203, filed September 2, 2015, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

Reference To Government Grants

The present invention was supported by funds from the U.S. Government (NIH Grant Nos.5U01NS074480-02 and 1RC2MH090877-01) and the U.S. Government may therefore have certain rights in the invention.

Field

Embodiments disclosed herein are directed, in part, to compounds, or

pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, for modulating the activity of delta opioid receptor and/or methods for treating pain, (e.g., neuropathic pain), migraines (e.g. episodic, chronic or acute), headaches (e.g., episodic, chronic, or acute), depression, Parkinsons Disease, PTSD, anxiety, and/or overactive bladder, or any combination thereof.

Background

Opioid receptors (ORs) mediate the actions of morphine and morphine-like opioids, including most clinical analgesics. Three molecularly and pharmacologically distinct opioid receptor types have been described: δ, κ and μ. Furthermore, each type is believed to have sub-types. All three of these opioid receptor types appear to share the same functional mechanisms at a cellular level. For example, certain activation of the opioid receptors causes inhibition of adenylate cyclase, and recruits β-arrestin.

The delta opioid receptor (DOR) has long been of interest as a target for potentially non-addictive treatments for a variety of CNS disorders. Recent evidence suggests that DOR activation may be beneficial in the treatment of migraine, neuropathic pain, Parkinson's disease, depression, anxiety and several other indications. However, some DOR agonists have caused seizure in preclinical species, hindering the development of selective drugs targeting the DOR. Thus there is a need to identify a DOR modulator for the treatment of these and other conditions. The present embodiments described herein fulfill these needs and others.

Summary Of The Embodiments In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound as described herein or a compound of a formula described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of.

In some embodiments, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more compounds described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of.

In some embodiments, a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, selected from the group consisting of: B1049, B0704, B0707, B0720, B0876, B1079, B1145, B1194, B1205, B1211, B1365, and B1401 is provided. In some embodiments, the opposite stereochemistry is provided. In some embodiments, the racemic mixture is provided.

In some embodiments, the present embodiments provide methods of treating pain, migraines (e.g. episodic, chronic or acute), headaches (e.g., episodic, chronic, or

acute),depression, anxiety, and/or overactive bladder in a subject are provided. In some embodiments, the methods comprise administering to the subject one or more compounds described herein, or a salt thereof or a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds, or salt thereof of a compound described herein. In some embodiments, methods of preventing the conditions described herein are provided. In some embodiments, methods for treating and/or preventing major depressive disorder, treatment resistant anxiety, post traumatic stress disorder, neuropathic pain, including, diabetic peripheral neuropathy, post- herpetic neuralgia, chemotherapy induced neuropathic pain, prevention of chemotherapy- induced neuropathy, prevention of chemotherapy-induced neuropathic pain, trigeminal neuralgia, inflammatory pain, including, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, Rett Syndrome, Autism spectrum disorders, migraine, cluster headaches, acute abortive treatment, prophylaxis of acute intermittent migraine, prophylaxis of chronic migraine, treatment of episodic and chronic cluster headache, treatment or prevention of episodic and chronic cluster headache, Charcot-Marie Tooth disease, Traumatic brain injury, fibromyalgia, stroke, acute ischemic syndrome, ischemia/reperfusion injury, substance abuse intervention, and/or treatment of alcohol abuse in a subject are provided. In some embodiments, the methods comprise administering to the subject one or more compounds described herein, or a salt thereof or a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds, or salt thereof of a compound described herein. In some embodiments the subject is a mammal. In some embodiments, the subject is a subject in need thereof.

Brief Description of the Drawings Figure 1 illustrates compounds prepared according to the examples, which includes the LCMS data.

Figure 2 illustrates the in vitro data for the compounds described herein and as referenced in the examples.

Figure 3 illustrates that the compounds of the present disclosure are effective in treating medication overuse headache and

Figure 4 illustrates that the compounds of the present disclosure are effective in treating opioid-induced hyperalgesia.

Figure 5 illustrates that the compounds of the present disclosure do not lead to medication overuse headache.

Description Of Embodiments

Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms have the same meaning as is commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which the embodiments disclosed belongs.

As used herein, the terms“a” or“an” means that“at least one” or“one or more” unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

As used herein, the term“about” means that the numerical value is approximate and small variations would not significantly affect the practice of the disclosed embodiments. Where a numerical limitation is used, unless indicated otherwise by the context,“about” means the numerical value can vary by ±10% and remain within the scope of the disclosed embodiments.

As used herein, the term“acylamino” means an amino group substituted by an acyl group (e.g., -O-C(=O)-H or -O-C(=O)-alkyl). An example of an acylamino is -NHC(=O)H or -NHC(=O)CH ₃ . The term“lower acylamino” refers to an amino group substituted by a loweracyl group (e.g., -O-C(=O)-H or -O-C(=O)-C _1-6 alkyl). An example of a lower acylamino is -NHC(=O)H or -NHC(=O)CH ₃ .

As used herein, the term“alkenyl” means a straight or branched alkyl group having one or more double carbon-carbon bonds and 2-20 carbon atoms, including, but not limited to, ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, and the like. In some embodiments, the alkenyl chain is from 2 to 10 carbon atoms in length, from 2 to 8 carbon atoms in length, from 2 to 6 carbon atoms in length, or from 2 to 4 carbon atoms in length. The terms“alkoxy”,“phenyloxy”,“benzoxy” and“pyrimidinyloxy” refer to an alkyl group, phenyl group, benzyl group, or pyrimidinyl group, respectively, each optionally substituted, that is bonded through an oxygen atom. For example, the term“alkoxy” means a straight or branched -O-alkyl group of 1 to 20 carbon atoms, including, but not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, t-butoxy, and the like. In some embodiments, the alkoxy chain is from 1 to 10 carbon atoms in length, from 1 to 8 carbon atoms in length, from 1 to 6 carbon atoms in length, from 1 to 4 carbon atoms in length, from 2 to 10 carbon atoms in length, from 2 to 8 carbon atoms in length, from 2 to 6 carbon atoms in length, or from 2 to 4 carbon atoms in length.

As used herein, the term“alkyl” means a saturated hydrocarbon group which is straight-chained or branched. An alkyl group can contain from 1 to 20, from 2 to 20, from 1 to 10, from 2 to 10, from 1 to 8, from 2 to 8, from 1 to 6, from 2 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 2 to 4, from 1 to 3, or 2 or 3 carbon atoms. Examples of alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (Me), ethyl (Et), propyl (e.g., n-propyl and isopropyl), butyl (e.g., n-butyl, t-butyl, isobutyl), pentyl (e.g., n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl), hexyl, isohexyl, heptyl,

4,4-dimethylpentyl, octyl, 2,2,4-trimethylpentyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl,

2-methyl-1-propyl, 2-methyl-2-propyl, 2-methyl-1-butyl, 3-methyl-1-butyl, 2-methyl-3-butyl, 2-methyl-1-pentyl, 2,2-dimethyl-1-propyl, 3-methyl-1-pentyl, 4-methyl-1-pentyl,

2-methyl-2-pentyl, 3-methyl-2-pentyl, 4-methyl-2-pentyl, 2,2-dimethyl-1-butyl,

3,3-dimethyl-1-butyl, 2-ethyl-1-butyl, and the like.

As used herein, the term“alkylamino” means an amino group substituted by an alkyl group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms. An example of an alkylamino is -NHCH ₂ CH ₃ .

As used herein, the term“alkylene” or“alkylenyl” means a divalent alkyl linking group. An example of an alkylene (or alkylenyl) is methylene or methylenyl (-CH ₂ -).

As used herein, the term“alkylthio” means an -S-alkyl group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms. An example of an alkylthio group is -SCH ₂ CH ₃ .

As used herein, the term“alkynyl” means a straight or branched alkyl group having one or more triple carbon-carbon bonds and 2-20 carbon atoms, including, but not limited to, acetylene, 1-propylene, 2-propylene, and the like. In some embodiments, the alkynyl chain is 2 to 10 carbon atoms in length, from 2 to 8 carbon atoms in length, from 2 to 6 carbon atoms in length, or from 2 to 4 carbon atoms in length.

As used herein, the term“amidino” means -C(=NH)NH ₂ .

As used herein, the term“amino” means -NH ₂ . As used herein, the term“aminoalkoxy” means an alkoxy group substituted by an amino group. An example of an aminoalkoxy is -OCH ₂ CH ₂ NH ₂ .

As used herein, the term“aminoalkyl” means an alkyl group substituted by an amino group. An example of an aminoalkyl is -CH ₂ CH ₂ NH ₂ .

As used herein, the term“aminosulfonyl” means -S(=O) ₂ NH ₂ .

As used herein, the term“aminoalkylthio” means an alkylthio group substituted by an amino group. An example of an aminoalkylthio is -SCH ₂ CH ₂ NH ₂ .

As used herein, the term“amphiphilic” means a three-dimensional structure having discrete hydrophobic and hydrophilic regions. An amphiphilic compound suitably has the presence of both hydrophobic and hydrophilic elements.

As used herein, the term“animal” includes, but is not limited to, humans and non- human vertebrates such as wild, domestic, and farm animals.

As used herein, the term“antagonize” or“antagonizing” means reducing or completely eliminating an effect, such as an activity of the delta opioid recetpor.

As used herein, the phrase“anti-recetpor effective amount” of a compound can be measured by the anti-receptor effectiveness of the compound. In some embodiments, an anti- receptor effective amount inhibits an activity of the receptor by at least 10%, by at least 20%, by at least 30%, by at least 40%, by at least 50%, by at least 60%, by at least 70%, by at least 80%, by at least 90%, or by at least 95%. In some embodiments, an“anti-recetpor effective amount” is also a“therapeutically effective amount” whereby the compound reduces or eliminates at least one effect of a delta opioid recetpor. In some embodiments, the effect is the beta-arrestin effect. In some embodiments, the effect is the G-protein mediated effect.

As used herein, the term“aryl” means a monocyclic, bicyclic, or polycyclic (e.g., having 2, 3 or 4 fused rings) aromatic hydrocarbons. In some embodiments, aryl groups have from 6 to 20 carbon atoms or from 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, indanyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, and the like. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to:

As used herein, the term“arylalkyl” means a C _1-6 alkyl substituted by aryl.

As used herein, the term“arylamino” means an amino group substituted by an aryl group. An example of an arylamino is -NH(phenyl).

As used herein, the term“arylene” means an aryl linking group, i.e., an aryl group that links one group to another group in a molecule.

As used herein, the term“cancer” means a spectrum of pathological symptoms associated with the initiation or progression, as well as metastasis, of malignant tumors.

As used herein, the term“carbamoyl” means -C(=O)-NH ₂ .

As used herein, the term“carbocycle” means a 5- or 6-membered, saturated or unsaturated cyclic ring, optionally containing O, S, or N atoms as part of the ring. Examples of carbocycles include, but are not limited to, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopenta-1,3-diene, phenyl, and any of the heterocycles recited above.

As used herein, the term“carrier” means a diluent, adjuvant, or excipient with which a compound is administered. Pharmaceutical carriers can be liquids, such as water and oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin, such as peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil and the like. The pharmaceutical carriers can also be saline, gum acacia, gelatin, starch paste, talc, keratin, colloidal silica, urea, and the like. In addition, auxiliary, stabilizing, thickening, lubricating and coloring agents can be used.

As used herein, the term,“compound” means all stereoisomers, tautomers, and isotopes of the compounds described herein.

As used herein, the terms“comprising” (and any form of comprising, such as “comprise”,“comprises”, and“comprised”),“having” (and any form of having, such as “have” and“has”),“including” (and any form of including, such as“includes” and “include”), or“containing” (and any form of containing, such as“contains” and“contain”), are inclusive or open-ended and do not exclude additional, unrecited elements or method steps.

As used herein, the term“contacting” means bringing together of two elements in an in vitro system or an in vivo system. For example,“contacting” a δ-opioid compound with a δ-opioid receptor with an individual or patient or cell includes the administration of the compound to an individual or patient, such as a human, as well as, for example, introducing a compound into a sample containing a cellular or purified preparation containing the δ-opioid receptor.

As used herein, the term“cyano” means -CN.

As used herein, the term“cycloalkyl” means non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbons including cyclized alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups that contain up to 20 ring-forming carbon atoms. Cycloalkyl groups can include mono- or polycyclic ring systems such as fused ring systems, bridged ring systems, and spiro ring systems. In some embodiments, polycyclic ring systems include 2, 3, or 4 fused rings. A cycloalkyl group can contain from 3 to 15, from 3 to 10, from 3 to 8, from 3 to 6, from 4 to 6, from 3 to 5, or 5 or 6 ring-forming carbon atoms. Ring-forming carbon atoms of a cycloalkyl group can be optionally substituted by oxo or sulfido. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl, cycloheptatrienyl, norbornyl, norpinyl, norcarnyl, adamantyl, and the like. Also included in the definition of cycloalkyl are moieties that have one or more aromatic rings fused (having a bond in common with) to the cycloalkyl ring, for example, benzo or thienyl derivatives of pentane, pentene, hexane, and the like (e.g., 2,3-dihydro-1H- indene-1-yl, or 1H-inden-2(3H)-one-1-yl).

As used herein, the term“cycloalkylalkyl” means a C _1-6 alkyl substituted by cycloalkyl.

As used herein, the term“dialkylamino” means an amino group substituted by two alkyl groups, each having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

As used herein, the term“diazamino” means -N(NH ₂ ) ₂ .

As used herein, the term“facially amphiphilic” or“facial amphiphilicity” means compounds with polar (hydrophilic) and nonpolar (hydrophobic) side chains that adopt conformation(s) leading to segregation of polar and nonpolar side chains to opposite faces or separate regions of the structure or molecule.

As used herein, the term“guanidino” means -NH(=NH)NH ₂ .

As used herein, the term“halo” means halogen groups including, but not limited to fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo.

As used herein, the term“haloalkoxy” means an -O-haloalkyl group. An example of an haloalkoxy group is OCF ₃ .

As used herein, the term“haloalkyl” means a C _1-6 alkyl group having one or more halogen substituents. Examples of haloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, CF ₃ , C ₂ F ₅ , CH ₂ F, CHF ₂ , CCl ₃ , CHCl ₂ , CH ₂ CF ₃ , and the like.

As used herein, the term“heteroaryl” means an aromatic heterocycle having up to 20 ring-forming atoms (e.g., C) and having at least one heteroatom ring member (ring- forming atom) such as sulfur, oxygen, or nitrogen. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl group has at least one or more heteroatom ring-forming atoms, each of which are, independently, sulfur, oxygen, or nitrogen. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl group has from 3 to 20 ring-forming atoms, from 3 to 10 ring-forming atoms, from 3 to 6 ring-forming atoms, or from 3 to 5 ring-forming atoms. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl group contains 2 to 14 carbon atoms, from 2 to 7 carbon atoms, or 5 or 6 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl group has 1 to 4 heteroatoms, 1 to 3 heteroatoms, or 1 or 2 heteroatoms. Heteroaryl groups include monocyclic and polycyclic (e.g., having 2, 3 or 4 fused rings) systems. Examples of heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, furyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, indolyl (such as indol-3-yl), pyrroyl, oxazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, benzthiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, indazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzothienyl, purinyl, carbazolyl, benzimidazolyl, indolinyl, pyranyl, oxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, triazolyl, thianthrenyl, pyrazolyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzoxazolyl, xanthenyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, 3H-indolyl,

4H-quinolizinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinazolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, isothiazolyl, phenothiazinyl, isoxazolyl, furanyl, phenoxazinyl groups, and the like. Suitable heteroaryl groups include 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, 5-amino-1,2,4-triazole, imidazole, oxazole, isoxazole, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-oxadiazole, 3-amino-1,2,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,5-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, pyridine, and 2-aminopyridine.

As used herein, the term“heteroarylalkyl” means a C _1-6 alkyl group substituted by a heteroaryl group.

As used herein, the term“heteroarylamino” means an amino group substituted by a heteroaryl group. An example of a heteroarylamino is -NH-(2-pyridyl).

As used herein, the term“heteroarylene” means a heteroaryl linking group, i.e., a heteroaryl group that links one group to another group in a molecule.

As used herein, the term“heterocycle” or“heterocyclic ring” means a 5- to 7- membered mono- or bicyclic or 7- to 10-membered bicyclic heterocyclic ring system any ring of which may be saturated or unsaturated, and which consists of carbon atoms and from one to three heteroatoms chosen from N, O and S, and wherein the N and S heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized, and the N heteroatom may optionally be quaternized, and including any bicyclic group in which any of the above-defined heterocyclic rings is fused to a benzene ring. Particularly useful are rings containing one oxygen or sulfur, one to three nitrogen atoms, or one oxygen or sulfur combined with one or two nitrogen atoms. The heterocyclic ring may be attached at any heteroatom or carbon atom which results in the creation of a stable structure. Examples of heterocyclic groups include, but are not limited to, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 2-oxopiperazinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolodinyl, 2-oxoazepinyl, azepinyl, pyrrolyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, oxazolyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, thiazolyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolyl, quinuclidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, thiadiazoyl,

benzopyranyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydropyranyl, thienyl, benzothienyl, thiamorpholinyl, thiamorpholinyl sulfoxide, thiamorpholinyl sulfone, and oxadiazolyl. Morpholino is the same as morpholinyl.

As used herein, the term“heterocycloalkyl” means non-aromatic heterocycles having up to 20 ring-forming atoms including cyclized alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups, where one or more of the ring-forming carbon atoms is replaced by a heteroatom such as an O, N, or S atom. Hetercycloalkyl groups can be mono or polycyclic (e.g., fused, bridged, or spiro systems). In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group has from 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or from 3 to 20 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group contains 3 to 14 ring-forming atoms, 3 to 7 ring-forming atoms, or 5 or 6 ring-forming atoms. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group has 1 to 4 heteroatoms, 1 to 3 heteroatoms, or 1 or 2 heteroatoms. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group contains 0 to 3 double bonds. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group contains 0 to 2 triple bonds. Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, morpholino,

thiomorpholino, piperazinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuryl, 1,3-benzodioxole, benzo-1,4-dioxane, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrrolidin-2-one-3-yl, and the like. In addition, ring-forming carbon atoms and heteroatoms of a heterocycloalkyl group can be optionally substituted by oxo or sulfido. For example, a ring-forming S atom can be substituted by 1 or 2 oxo (form a S(O) or S(O) ₂ ). For another example, a ring-forming C atom can be substituted by oxo (form carbonyl). Also included in the definition of heterocycloalkyl are moieties that have one or more aromatic rings fused (having a bond in common with) to the nonaromatic heterocyclic ring including, but not limited to, pyridinyl, thiophenyl, phthalimidyl, naphthalimidyl, and benzo derivatives of heterocycles such as indolene, isoindolene, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothieno[2,3-c]pyridine-5-yl, 5,6-dihydrothieno[2,3- c]pyridin-7(4H)-one-5-yl, isoindolin-1-one-3-yl, and 3,4-dihydroisoquinolin-1(2H)-one-3yl groups. Ring-forming carbon atoms and heteroatoms of the heterocycloalkyl group can be optionally substituted by oxo or sulfido.

As used herein, the term“heterocycloalkylalkyl” refers to a C _1-6 alkyl substituted by heterocycloalkyl.

As used herein, the term“hydoxy” or“hydroxyl” means an -OH group.

As used herein, the term“hydroxyalkyl” or“hydroxylalkyl” means an alkyl group substituted by a hydroxyl group. Examples of a hydroxylalkyl include, but are not limited to, -CH ₂ OH and -CH ₂ CH ₂ OH. As used herein, the term“individual” or“patient,” used interchangeably, means any animal, including mammals, such as mice, rats, other rodents, rabbits, dogs, cats, swine, cattle, sheep, horses, or primates, such as humans.

As used herein, the phrase“inhibiting activity,” such as enzymatic or receptor activity means reducing by any measurable amount the acitivty of an enzyme or receptor, such as the δ-opioid receptor.

As used herein, the phrase“in need thereof” means that the animal or mammal has been identified as having a need for the particular method or treatment. In some

embodiments, the identification can be by any means of diagnosis. In any of the methods and treatments described herein, the animal or mammal can be in need thereof. In some embodiments, the animal or mammal is in an environment or will be traveling to an environment in which a particular disease, disorder, or condition is prevelant.

As used herein, the phrase“in situ gellable” means embracing not only liquids of low viscosity that form gels upon contact with the eye or with lacrimal fluid in the exterior of the eye, but also more viscous liquids such as semi-fluid and thixotropic gels that exhibit substantially increased viscosity or gel stiffness upon administration to the eye.

As used herein, the phrase“integer from X to Y” means any integer that includes the endpoints. For example, the phrase“integer from X to Y” means 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.

As used herein, the term“isolated” means that the compounds described herein are separated from other components of either (a) a natural source, such as a plant or cell, or (b) a synthetic organic chemical reaction mixture, such as by conventional techniques.

As used herein, the term“mammal” means a rodent (i.e., a mouse, a rat, or a guinea pig), a monkey, a cat, a dog, a cow, a horse, a pig, or a human. In some embodiments, the mammal is a human.

As used herein, the term“N-alkyl” refers to a alkyl chain that is substituted with an amine group. Non-limiting examples, include, but are not limited to and the like. The alkyl chain can be linear, branched, cyclic, or any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the alkyl comprises 1-10, 1-9, 1-8, 1-7, 1-6, 1-5, 1-4, 1-3, or 1-2 carbons.

As used herein, the term“nitro” means -NO ₂ .

As used herein, the term“n-membered”, where n is an integer, typically describes the number of ring-forming atoms in a moiety, where the number of ring-forming atoms is n. For example, pyridine is an example of a 6-membered heteroaryl ring and thiophene is an example of a 5-membered heteroaryl ring.

As used herein, the phrase“ophthalmically acceptable” means having no persistent detrimental effect on the treated eye or the functioning thereof, or on the general health of the subject being treated. However, it will be recognized that transient effects such as minor irritation or a“stinging” sensation are common with topical ophthalmic administration of drugs and the existence of such transient effects is not inconsistent with the composition, formulation, or ingredient (e.g., excipient) in question being“ophthalmically acceptable” as herein defined.

As used used herein, the phrase“optionally substituted” means that substitution is optional and therefore includes both unsubstituted and substituted atoms and moieties. A “substituted” atom or moiety indicates that any hydrogen on the designated atom or moiety can be replaced with a selection from the indicated substituent groups, provided that the normal valency of the designated atom or moiety is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound. For example, if a methyl group is optionally substituted, then 3 hydrogen atoms on the carbon atom can be replaced with substituent groups.

As used herein, the phrase“pharmaceutically acceptable” means those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with tissues of humans and animals. In some embodiments,“pharmaceutically acceptable” means approved by a regulatory agency of the Federal or a state government or listed in the U.S. Pharmacopeia or other generally recognized pharmacopeia for use in animals, and more particularly in humans.

In some embodiments, the salt of a compound described herein is a

pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. As used herein, the phrase“pharmaceutically acceptable salt(s),” includes, but is not limited to, salts of acidic or basic groups. Compounds that are basic in nature are capable of forming a wide variety of salts with various inorganic and organic acids. Acids that may be used to prepare pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of such basic compounds are those that form non-toxic acid addition salts, i.e., salts containing pharmacologically acceptable anions including, but not limited to, sulfuric, thiosulfuric, citric, maleic, acetic, oxalic, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, nitrate, sulfate, bisulfate, bisulfite, phosphate, acid phosphate, isonicotinate, borate, acetate, lactate, salicylate, citrate, acid citrate, tartrate, oleate, tannate, pantothenate, bitartrate, ascorbate, succinate, maleate, gentisinate, fumarate, gluconate, glucaronate, saccharate, formate, benzoate, glutamate, methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, p- toluenesulfonate, bicarbonate, malonate, mesylate, esylate, napsydisylate, tosylate, besylate, orthophoshate, trifluoroacetate, and pamoate (i.e., 1,1′-methylene-bis-(2-hydroxy-3- naphthoate)) salts. Compounds that include an amino moiety may form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with various amino acids, in addition to the acids mentioned above.

Compounds that are acidic in nature are capable of forming base salts with various pharmacologically acceptable cations. Examples of such salts include, but are not limited to, alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts and, particularly, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, sodium, lithium, zinc, potassium, and iron salts. The present invention also includes quaternary ammonium salts of the compounds described herein, where the compounds have one or more tertiary amine moiety.

As used herein, the term“phenyl” means -C ₆ H ₅ . A phenyl group can be

unsubstituted or substituted with one, two, or three suitable substituents.

As used herein, the term“prodrug” means a derivative of a known direct acting drug, which derivative has enhanced delivery characteristics and therapeutic value as compared to the drug, and is transformed into the active drug by an enzymatic or chemical process.

As used herein, the term“purified” means that when isolated, the isolate contains at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98%, or at least 99% of a compound described herein by weight of the isolate.

As used herein, the phrase“quaternary ammonium salts” means derivatives of the disclosed compounds with one or more tertiary amine moieties wherein at least one of the tertiary amine moieties in the parent compound is modified by converting the tertiary amine moiety to a quaternary ammonium cation via alkylation (and the cations are balanced by anions such as Cl-, CH ₃ COO-, and CF ₃ COO-), for example methylation or ethylation.

As used herein, the term“semicarbazone” means =NNHC(=O)NH ₂ .

As used herein, the phrase“solubilizing agent” means agents that result in formation of a micellar solution or a true solution of the drug.

As used herein, the term“solution/suspension” means a liquid composition wherein a first portion of the active agent is present in solution and a second portion of the active agent is present in particulate form, in suspension in a liquid matrix.

As used herein, the phrase“substantially isolated” means a compound that is at least partially or substantially separated from the environment in which it is formed or detected. As used herein, the phrase“suitable substituent” or“substituent” means a group that does not nullify the synthetic or pharmaceutical utility of the compounds described herein or the intermediates useful for preparing them. Examples of suitable substituents include, but are not limited to: C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, C ₁ -C ₆ alkenyl, C ₁ -C ₆ alkynyl, C ₅ -C ₆ aryl, C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy, C ₃ -C ₅ heteroaryl, C ₃ -C ₆ cycloalkyl, C ₅ -C ₆ aryloxy, -CN, -OH, oxo, halo, haloalkyl, -NO ₂ , -CO ₂ H, -NH ₂ , -NH(C ₁ -C ₈ alkyl), -N(C ₁ -C ₈ alkyl) ₂ , -NH(C ₆ aryl), -N(C ₅ -C ₆ aryl) ₂ , -CHO, -CO(C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl), -CO((C ₅ -C ₆ )aryl), -CO ₂ ((C ₁ -C ₆ )alkyl), and -CO ₂ ((C ₅ -C ₆ )aryl). One of skill in art can readily choose a suitable substituent based on the stability and pharmacological and synthetic activity of the compounds described herein.

As used herein, the phrase“therapeutically effective amount” means the amount of active compound or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medicinal response that is being sought in a tissue, system, animal, individual or human by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician. The therapeutic effect is dependent upon the disorder being treated or the biological effect desired. As such, the therapeutic effect can be a decrease in the severity of symptoms associated with the disorder and/or inhibition (partial or complete) of progression of the disorder, or improved treatment, healing, prevention or elimination of a disorder, or side-effects. The amount needed to elicit the therapeutic response can be determined based on the age, health, size and sex of the subject. Optimal amounts can also be determined based on monitoring of the subject’s response to treatment.

As used herein, the terms“treat,”“treated,” or“treating” mean both therapeutic treatment and prophylactic measures wherein the object is to slow down (lessen) an undesired physiological condition, disorder or disease, or obtain beneficial or desired clinical results. For purposes of this invention, beneficial or desired clinical results include, but are not limited to, alleviation of symptoms; diminishment of extent of condition, disorder or disease; stabilized (i.e., not worsening) state of condition, disorder or disease; delay in onset or slowing of condition, disorder or disease progression; amelioration of the condition, disorder or disease state or remission (whether partial or total), whether detectable or undetectable; an amelioration of at least one measurable physical parameter, not necessarily discernible by the patient; or enhancement or improvement of condition, disorder or disease. Treatment includes eliciting a clinically significant response without excessive levels of side effects. Treatment also includes prolonging survival as compared to expected survival if not receiving treatment. Thus,“treatment of pain” or“treating pain” means an activity that alleviates or ameliorates any of the primary phenomena or secondary symptoms associated with the pain or other condition described herein.

As used herein, the term“ureido” means -NHC(=O)-NH ₂ .

At various places in the present specification, substituents of compounds may be disclosed in groups or in ranges. It is specifically intended that embodiments include each and every individual subcombination of the members of such groups and ranges. For example, the term“C _1-6 alkyl” is specifically intended to individually disclose methyl, ethyl, propyl, C ₄ alkyl, C ₅ alkyl, and C ₆ alkyl.

For compounds in which a variable appears more than once, each variable can be a different moiety selected from the Markush group defining the variable. For example, where a structure is described having two R groups that are simultaneously present on the same compound, the two R groups can represent different moieties selected from the Markush groups defined for R. In another example, when an optionally multiple substituent is

_{designated in the form, for example,} then it is understood that substituent R can occur s number of times on the ring, and R can be a different moiety at each occurrence. Further, in the above example, where the variable T ¹ is defined to include hydrogens, such as when T ¹ is CH ₂ , NH, etc., any H can be replaced with a substituent.

It is further appreciated that certain features described herein, which are, for clarity, described in the context of separate embodiments, can also be provided in combination in a single embodiment. Conversely, various features which are, for brevity, described in the context of a single embodiment, can also be provided separately or in any suitable subcombination.

It is understood that the present invention encompasses the use, where applicable, of stereoisomers, diastereomers and optical stereoisomers of the compounds of the invention, as well as mixtures thereof. Additionally, it is understood that stereoisomers, diastereomers, and optical stereoisomers of the compounds of the invention, and mixtures thereof, are within the scope of the invention. By way of non-limiting example, the mixture may be a racemate or the mixture may comprise unequal proportions of one particular stereoisomer over the other. Additionally, the compounds can be provided as a substantially pure stereoisomers, diastereomers and optical stereoisomers (such as epimers). The compounds described herein can be asymmetric (e.g., having one or more stereocenters). All stereoisomers, such as enantiomers and diastereomers, are intended to be included within the scope of the invention unless otherwise indicated. Compounds that contain asymmetrically substituted carbon atoms can be isolated in optically active or racemic forms. Methods of preparation of optically active forms from optically active starting materials are known in the art, such as by resolution of racemic mixtures or by stereoselective synthesis. Many geometric isomers of olefins, C=N double bonds, and the like can also be present in the compounds described herein, and all such stable isomers are contemplated in the present invention. Cis and trans geometric isomers of the compounds are also included within the scope of the invention and can be isolated as a mixture of isomers or as separated isomeric forms. Where a compound capable of stereoisomerism or geometric isomerism is designated in its structure or name without reference to specific R/S or cis/trans

configurations, it is intended that all such isomers are contemplated.

Resolution of racemic mixtures of compounds can be carried out by any of numerous methods known in the art, including, for example, chiral HPLC, fractional recrystallizaion using a chiral resolving acid which is an optically active, salt-forming organic acid. Suitable resolving agents for fractional recrystallization methods include, but are not limited to, optically active acids, such as the D and L forms of tartaric acid, diacetyltartaric acid, dibenzoyltartaric acid, mandelic acid, malic acid, lactic acid, and the various optically active camphorsulfonic acids such as β-camphorsulfonic acid. Other resolving agents suitable for fractional crystallization methods include, but are not limited to, stereoisomerically pure forms of α-methylbenzylamine (e.g., S and R forms, or

diastereomerically pure forms),

2-phenylglycinol, norephedrine, ephedrine, N-methylephedrine, cyclohexylethylamine, 1,2-diaminocyclohexane, and the like. Resolution of racemic mixtures can also be carried out by elution on a column packed with an optically active resolving agent (e.g.,

dinitrobenzoylphenylglycine). Suitable elution solvent compositions can be determined by one skilled in the art.

Compounds may also include tautomeric forms. Tautomeric forms result from the swapping of a single bond with an adjacent double bond together with the concomitant migration of a proton. Tautomeric forms include prototropic tautomers which are isomeric protonation states having the same empirical formula and total charge. Examples of prototropic tautomers include, but are not limited to, ketone-enol pairs, amide-imidic acid pairs, lactam-lactim pairs, amide-imidic acid pairs, enamine-imine pairs, and annular forms where a proton can occupy two or more positions of a heterocyclic system including, but not limited to, 1H- and 3H-imidazole, 1H-, 2H- and 4H-1,2,4-triazole, 1H- and 2H- isoindole, and 1H- and 2H-pyrazole. Tautomeric forms can be in equilibrium or sterically locked into one form by appropriate substitution.

Compounds also include hydrates and solvates, as well as anhydrous and non- solvated forms.

Compounds can also include all isotopes of atoms occurring in the intermediates or final compounds. Isotopes include those atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers. For example, isotopes of hydrogen include tritium and deuterium.

In some embodiments, the compounds, or salts thereof, are substantially isolated. Partial separation can include, for example, a composition enriched in the compound of the invention. Substantial separation can include compositions containing at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, at least about 97%, or at least about 99% by weight of the compound of the invention, or salt thereof. Methods for isolating compounds and their salts are routine in the art.

Although the disclosed compounds are suitable, other functional groups can be incorporated into the compound with an expectation of similar results. In particular, thioamides and thioesters are anticipated to have very similar properties. The distance between aromatic rings can impact the geometrical pattern of the compound and this distance can be altered by incorporating aliphatic chains of varying length, which can be optionally substituted or can comprise an amino acid, a dicarboxylic acid or a diamine. The distance between and the relative orientation of monomers within the compounds can also be altered by replacing the amide bond with a surrogate having additional atoms. Thus, replacing a carbonyl group with a dicarbonyl alters the distance between the monomers and the propensity of dicarbonyl unit to adopt an anti arrangement of the two carbonyl moiety and alter the periodicity of the compound. Pyromellitic anhydride represents still another alternative to simple amide linkages which can alter the conformation and physical properties of the compound. Modern methods of solid phase organic chemistry (E. Atherton and R. C. Sheppard, Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis A Practical Approach IRL Press Oxford 1989) now allow the synthesis of homodisperse compounds with molecular weights approaching 5,000 Daltons. Other substitution patterns are equally effective.

The compounds also include derivatives referred to as prodrugs. Compounds containing an amine function can also form N-oxides. A reference herein to a compound that contains an amine function also includes the N-oxide. Where a compound contains several amine functions, one or more than one nitrogen atom can be oxidized to form an N-oxide. Examples of N-oxides include N-oxides of a tertiary amine or a nitrogen atom of a nitrogen-containing heterocycle. N-Oxides can be formed by treatment of the corresponding amine with an oxidizing agent such as hydrogen peroxide or a per-acid (e.g., a peroxycarboxylic acid) (see, Advanced Organic Chemistry, by Jerry March, 4th Edition, Wiley Interscience).

Embodiments of various compounds and salts thereof are provided. Where a variable is not specifically recited, the variable can be any option described herein, except as otherwise noted or dictated by context.

In some embodiments, compounds having Formula I, I-1, I-a, I-a1 or I-b, Ib-1, or Ib- 2or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof are provided:

Ib-2

or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

wherein

BB is cycloalkyl, heterocycle, imidazole, such as ,

Z is C, S, N, S(O) ₂ or O;

R ₃₅ is a protecting group, H, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl, -R ₆₃ R ₆₄ , optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl, optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl, optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ haloalkenyl– (CH2)nR ₆₅ , optionally substituted heterocycle, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ ester, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy, optionally substituted pyrrolinyl, optionally substituted morpholinyl, , optionally substituted C ₃ -C ₆ cyclic ether, or optionally substituted piperidyl; R ₃₆ is null, H, halo, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl, -SO ₂ C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, -OCF ₃ , optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, or -OR ₇₅ ; wherein R ₇₅ is H or optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R ₃₇ is, null, H, halo, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl, -OCF3, optionally substituted sulfonamide, optionally substituted cyclic sulfonamide, -(CH2)q-R38, -

NH-(CH2)q-R38, -S-(CH2)q-R38, -C(=O)R38, or -O-(CH2)q-R38,

R ₃₈ is H, C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, halo, C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl, alkyl,–OR ₆₆ , S(O) ₂ R ₆₇ optionally substituted cycloalkyl,

-(CH ₂ ) _p R ₆₅ , or optionally substituted heterocycle;

or R ₃₇ is-(CH2)q-R ₃₈ or R ₃₆ and R ₃₇ form a heterocycle that is fused to the phenyl ring;

R ₄₁ is absent, H, or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl provided that when Z is S, O or S(O) ₂ , R ₄₁ is absent; or when Z is C, the bond connecting Z to the adjacent carbon is a double bond and R ₄₁ is H,

(

,

wherein,

R ₃₉ is H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R ₄₀ is H, C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, halo, or alkoxy;

R ₄₂ is absent, H, C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, a member of a carbocyle that includes the atom to which it is attached, or =O;

X _a is C or O, provided that when X _a is O, R ₄₂ is absent;

X _b is S or O;

X _c is C or N;

,

wherein: R ₄₄ is H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl; R ₄₅ is H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl; and R ₄₆ is H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R ₄₇ is H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R ₄₈ is H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

each R ₄₉ is, independently, H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl; R ₅₀ is H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R ₅₁ is H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R ₅₂ is H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R ₅₃ is H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R ₅₅ is H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R ₅₆ is H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R ₅₇ is H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R ₅₈ is absent or H;

R ₅₉ is H or OH;

R ₆₀ is H or N(R ₅₄ ) ₂ ;

each R ₅₄ is, independently, H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R ₆₁ is H, C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl, gem-dimethyl, cyclopropyl spirocycle, or CF ₃ ;

R ₆₂ is absent, H, or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

each R ₆₃ and R ₆₄ are, independently, H, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl, optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl,–(CH ₂ ) _v R ₆₅ , optionally substituted cycloalkyl, -OH, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted pyrrolinyl, optionally substituted morpholinyl, or optionally substituted piperidyl; or R ₆₃ and R ₆₄ together form a 5-10 membered optionally substituted heterocycle or a 5-10 membered optionally substituted heteroaryl with the atom to which R ₆₃ and R ₆₄ are bonded to;

each R ₆₅ is, independently, H, -C(=O)R _65A , optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl, optionally substituted nitrogen, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycle, -OH, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted pyrrolinyl, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted pyrrolidinyl, optionally substituted imidazolidinyl, optionally substituted morpholinyl, or optionally substituted piperidyl;

R _65A is phenyl or C ₁ -C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl;

R ₆₆ is H, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl, -NR ₆₃ R ₆₄ , optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl, optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl,–(CH ₂ ) _w R ₆₅ , optionally substituted cycloalkyl, -OH, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted pyrrolinyl, optionally substituted morpholinyl, or optionally substituted piperidyl;

R ₆₇ is optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl;

R _81a and R _82a are each independently H or optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R _81b is H or optionally substituted branched or unbranched C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

z is 1 or 2,

each n, p, v, w, and q is, independently, an integer from 0-6.

In some embodiments, R _81b is is t-butyl. In some embodimens, z is 1. In some embodiments z is 2. In some embodiments, when z is 2, one of R ₆₁ is H. In some embodiments, when z is 2, one of R ₆₁ is methyl. In some embodiments, when z is 2, each of R ₆₁ is independently, methyl or gem-dimethyl. In some embodiments, each R ₆₁ is the same.

In some embodiments, R ₃₅ is -CH ₂ CH ₂ R ₇₆ , wherein R ₇₆ is an optionally substituted aryl, heteroaryl or heterocycle. In some embodiments, R ₇₆ is phenyl. In some embodiments, R ₃₅ is optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl,–CH ₂ R ₇₆ or–CH ₂ CH ₂ R ₇₆ , wherein R ₇₆ is optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted ketone, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl, optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ haloalkenyl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R ₇₆ is optionally substituted cyclopropyl. In some embodiments, R ₇₆ is diflourocyclopropyl. In some embodiments, R ₇₆ is 2,2-diflourocyclopropyl. In some embodiments R ₇₆ is C ₂ halo- substitued alkenyl. The substitution can be mono- or di-substituted. In some embodiments, R ₇₆ is–C=CF ₂ . In some embodimens, R ₇₆ is optionally substituted pyrrole or optionally

substituted alkenyl. In some embodiments, R ₇₆ is . In some embodiments, R ₇₆ is cyclopropyl, halo substituted cylcopropyl, phenyl, -C(=O)R _XA , wherein R _XA is optionally substituted phenyl or optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl.

As used herein, the phrase“R ₃₆ and R ₃₇ form a heterocycle that is fused to the phenyl ring” refers to a structure that results in a fused ring structure. Non-limiting examples of

such a structure include like. In some embodiments, the fused ring is a 6 membered ring with or without the oxygen shown here. In some embodiments, the fused ring is aromatic. In some embodiments, the fused ring is not aromatic. For example, the fused ring can form a structure including, but not limited

to, . Other non-limiting examples include benzofuran and benzopyran. The structure can also be represented using

the following formula in context with the remaining compound: ,

. These are non- limiting examples. Examples of such structures are also shown in Figure 1. The location of the fusion can change as can the heteroatom. For example, the oxygen atom shown in this example can also be a nitrogen. Additionally, the ring structures can be substituted.

In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula I, Ia or Ib, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, have a formula of Formula II, III, IV, and V:

In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula I, Ia or Ib, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, have a formula of VI:

In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula I, Ia or Ib, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, have a formula of Formula VII or VIIa:

VIIa.

In some embodiments of compounds of Formula I, Ia or Ib, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIIA, Z is O. In some embodiments, Z is C or N. In some embodiments, Z is O and R ₄₁ is absent.

In some embodiments, In some embodiments of compounds of Formula I, Ia or Ib, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, or VIIa R ₃₇ is halo. In some embodiments, R ₃₇ is absent. In some embodiments, when R ₃₇ is halo, Z is O and R ₄₁ is absent. In some embodiments R ₃₇ is alkoxy, which can be optionally substituted. In some embodiments, z is 1.

In some embodiments, In some embodiments of compounds of Formula I, Ia or Ib, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, or VIIa q is 0. In some embodiments, q is 1-4.

In some embodiments, In some embodiments of compounds of Formula I, Ia or Ib, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, or VIIa R ₃₈ is absent or H. In some embodiments, R ₃₈ is haloalkyl. In some embodiments, R ₃₈ is -C(=O)C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl. In some embodiments, R ₃₈ is OR ₆₆ , S(O) ₂ R _67, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, -(CH ₂ ) _p R ₆₅ , or optionally substituted heterocycle. In some embodiments, In some embodiments of compounds of Formula I, Ia or Ib, II,

III, IV, V, VI, VII, or VIIa R ₃₄ is In some embodiments, R ₃₄ is

In some embodiments, when R ₃₄ is

wherein R ₇₇ and R ₇₈ are each independently H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, or R ₇₇ and R ₇₈ form a C ₃ -C ₆ cycloalkyl including the carbon that R ₇₇ and R ₇₈ are bound to.

In some embodiments of compounds, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, of Formula I, Ia or Ib, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIIa, or any other formula described herein, the compound is selected from the group consisting of a compound described herein. In some emodimemts, a compound is provided, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, having a formula of Formula VIII, VIII-a, or VIII-b:

wherein:

R ₇₉ is optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R ₈₀ is optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R ₈₂ is optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R ₈₃ is optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl; and

R ₈₄ is optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl.

In some embodiments of a compound, or or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, having a formula of Formula VIII, VIII-a, or VIII-b, R ₇₉ is methyl or ethyl, with the other variables as described. In some embodiments of a compound, or or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, having a formula of Formula VIII, VIII-a, or VIII-b, R ₈₀ is C ₂ , C ₃ , or C ₄ alkyl with the other variables as described. In some embodiments of a compound, or or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, having a formula of Formula VIII, VIII-a, or VIII-b, R ₈₁ is O or S with the other variables as described. In some embodiments of a compound, or or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, having a formula of Formula VIII, VIII-a, or VIII-b, R ₈₂ is methyl or ethyl, with the other variables as described. In some embodiments of a compound, or or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, having a formula of Formula VIII, VIII-a, or VIII-b, R ₈₃ is C ₂ alkyl with the other variables as described. In some embodiments of a compound, or or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, having a formula of Formula VIII, VIII-a, or VIII-b, R ₈₄ is an optionally subsitutted phenyl, optionally subsitutted pyrrole, or optionally subsitutted pyrrolidine, with the other variables as

described herein. In some embodiments, R ₈₄ is In some embodiments of a compound, or or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, having a formula of Formula VIII, VIII-a, or VIII-b, R ₇₉ is methyl, R ₈₀ is C ₂ alkyl, R ₈₁ is O, R ₈₂ is methyl, R ₈₃ is C ₂ alkyl, and

The compounds described herein can be prepared according to any method.

Examples of methods used to prepare the compounds described herein are provided herein. One of skill in the art can modify the procedures to yield compounds not specifically exemplified in the present disclosure without undue experimentation.

In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is chosen from a compound illustrated and exemplified in Figure 1 and as described herein or in the tables in the

Examples section of the present disclosure. The compounds described herein can be synthesized according to the schemes described herein. The schemes can also be readily modified, if necessary, to prepare a compound described herein.

In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound having Formula I00, Formula I00A, Formula I00B, or Formula I00C, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:

I00C.

In some embodiments, R ₁₀₀ , R _200, and R ₁₄₀₀ are each, independently, H, cyano, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl, optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl, optionally substituted pyrimidine, optionally substituted pyridyl, optionally substituted pyrazole, optionally substituted isoxazole, optionally substituted pyridinone, optionally substituted–CH ₂ -pyridinone, optionally substituted aryl, halo,-NC(=O)R ₃₀₀ , -

In some embodiments, R ₁₅₀₀ is absent, C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl, a protecting group, or herein R81 _b is H or optionally substituted branched or unbranched C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl. In some embodiments, R _81b is is t-butyl.

In some embodiments, when R ₁₅₀₀ is absent, R ₆₀₀ is H, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl, -R ₇₀₀ R ₈₀₀ , optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl, optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl,–(CH ₂ ) _n R ₅₀₀ , optionally substituted cycloalkyl, -OH, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy, optionally substituted pyrrolinyl, optionally substituted morpholinyl, or optionally substituted piperldyl.

In some embodiments, when R ₁₅₀₀ is C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl, R ₆₀₀ is C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl.

In some embodiments, R ₃₀₀ and R ₄₀₀ are each, independently, H, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl, -R ₇₀₀ R ₈₀₀ , optionally substituted C ₁ - C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl, optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl,–(CH ₂ ) _n R ₅₀₀ , optionally substituted cycloalkyl, -OH, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted pyrrolinyl, optionally substituted morpholinyl, or optionally substituted piperldyl; or R ₃₀₀ and R ₄₀₀ together form a 5-10 membered optionally substituted heterocycle or 5-10 membered optionally substituted heteroaryl with the atom to which R ₃₀₀ and R ₄₀₀ are bonded.

In some embodiments R ₁₂₀₀ is, independently, H, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl, -R ₇₀₀ R ₈₀₀ , optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl, optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl,–(CH ₂ ) _n R ₅₀₀ , optionally substituted cycloalkyl, -OH, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted pyrrolinyl, optionally substituted morpholinyl, or optionally substituted piperldyl; or R ₃₀₀ and R ₄₀₀ together form a 5-10 membered optionally substituted heterocycle or 5-10 membered optionally substituted heteroaryl with the atom to which R ₃₀₀ and R ₄₀₀ are bonded. In some embodiments, each R ₅₀₀ is, independently, H, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl, -NR ₇₀₀ R ₈₀₀ , optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycle, -OH, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted pyrrolinyl, optionally substituted morpholinyl, or optionally substituted piperldyl.

In some embodiments, R ₇₀₀ and R ₈₀₀ are, each, independently, H, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl, optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl,–(CH ₂ ) _n R ₅₀₀ , optionally substituted cycloalkyl, -OH, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted pyrrolinyl, optionally substituted morpholinyl, or optionally substituted piperldyl; or R ₇₀₀ and R ₈₀₀ together form a 5-10 membered optionally substituted heterocycle or 5-10 membered optionally substituted heteroaryl with the atom to which R ₇₀₀ and R ₈₀₀ are bonded to.

In some embodiments, R ₉₀₀ is absent, H, haloalkyl,–OR ₃₀₀ , or , optionally substituted cycloalkyl, -(CH ₂ ) _p R ₅₀₀ , or optionally substituted heterocycle.

In some embodiments, R ₁₁₀₀ is H, halo, or optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl.

In some embodiments, R ₁₃₀₀ is a bond, C, N, S, or O.

In some embodiments, R ₁₄₀₀ is an optionally substituted pyridinone or optionally substituted–CH ₂ -pyridinone. In some embodiments, each n, p, and y is independently, an integer from 0-6.

In some embodiments, each R ^a00 , R ^b00 , R ^c00

, R ^d00 , R ^h00 , and R ⁱ⁰⁰ , is, independently, C, N, or O.

In some embodiments,each R ^e00 , R ^f00 , and R ^g00 , is, independently, C, N, S, O, or absent.

In some embodiments, each Z ₁₀₀ , Z ₂₀₀ , and Z ₃₀₀ , is, independently, a bond, C(=O), C, N, S, or O.

In some embodiments, provided that The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is not

In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound or salt thereof having Formula I00D or Formula I00E:

wherein: R ₁₀₀ , R ₂₀₀ , R ₆₀₀ , R ₉₀₀ , and R ₁₅₀₀ are as described herein, R ^a00 , R ^b00 , R ^c00 , R ^d00 , R ^h00 , and R ⁱ⁰⁰ are C; R ₁₁₀₀ is H; R ₁₃₀₀ and Z ₁₀₀ is O; Z ₂₀₀ is C; Z ₃₀₀ is a bond; and y=2.

In some embodiments, a compound as described herein is provided wherein R ₁₀₀ is– C(=O)NR ₃₀₀ R ₄₀₀ . In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof as described herein is provided wherein each of R ₃₀₀ and R ₄₀₀ is, independently, H, halo, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl, or optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl.

In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided, wherein R ₁₀₀ is H, halo, -C(=O)NH ₂ , -C(=O)NHCH ₃ , -C(=O)N(CH ₃ ) ₂ -COOH, -C(=O)OCH ₃ , cyano,

S(=O) ₂ NH ₂ , optionally substituted alkoxy, -OCF ₃ , CF ₃ ,

In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided, wherein R ₁₀₀ and R ₂₀₀ is each, independently, H, halo, or optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl.

In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided, wherein R ₁₀₀ and R ₂₀₀ are independently halo.

In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided, the optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl is trifluoromethyl.

In some embodiments,a compound or salt thereof is provided, wherein R ₁₀₀ is fluoro and R ₂₀₀ is trifluoromethyl.

In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided,

wherein R ₁₀₀ and R ₂₀₀ are attached to different ring atoms.

In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided, wherein wherein R ₂₀₀ is H. In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided, wherein: R ₆₀₀ is H, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, or–C(=O)OR ₃₀₀ ; and R ₃₀₀ is an optionally substituted C ₁ - C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl.

In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided, wherein: R ₁₀₀ is - C(=O)NH ₂ and R ₆₀₀ is H or optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl; or R ₁₀₀ is

wherein R ₃₀₀ is H and R ₄₀₀ is optionally substituted branched or unbranched C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl or optionally substituted branched or unbranched C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl and R ₆₀₀ is H or optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl; or R ₁₀₀ is wherein R ₃₀₀ and R ₄₀₀ are each, independently, optionally substituted branched or unbranched C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, and R ₆₀₀ is H, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, or optionally substituted alkaryl.

In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided, wherein R ₁₀₀ is - herein: R ₃₀₀ and R ₄₀₀ are H; R ₃₀₀ is H and R ₄₀₀ is optionally substituted C ₁ - C ₆ unbranched or branched alkyl; or R ₃₀₀ is H and R ₄₀₀ is optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ unbranched or branched alkenyl; or R ₃₀₀ is H and R ₄₀₀ is optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ cycloalkyl; or R ₃₀₀ is H and R ₄₀₀ is–(CH ₂ ) _n R ₅₀₀ ; wherein n is 1-6 and R ₅₀₀ is an optionally substituted cycloalkyl; or R ₃₀₀ is H and R ₄₀₀ is–(CH ₂ ) _n R ₅₀₀ , wherein n is 1-6 and R ₅₀₀ is an optionally substituted alkoxy; or R ₃₀₀ and R ₄₀₀ are each, independently, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl.

In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided, wherein R ₁₀₀ is– herein R ₃₀₀ and R ₄₀₀ together form a 5-10 membered optionally substituted heterocycle or 5-10 membered optionally substituted heteroaryl with the atom to which R ₃₀₀ and R ₄₀₀ are bonded.

In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided, wherein R ^b00 is N. In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided, wherein R ^a00 is N. In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided, wherein R ^c00 is N. In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided, wherein R ^d00 is N. In some

embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided, wherein R ₁₁₀₀ is H, R ₁₃₀₀ is O, R ⁱ⁰⁰ is C, Z ₁₀₀ is O, Z ₂₀₀ is C, Z ₃₀₀ is a bond, and y=2. In some embodiments, R ₁₀₀ , R ₂₀₀ , and R ₆₀₀ are each H and Z is O. In some embodiments, R ₁₀₀ is =O and R ₂₀₀ is H.

In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided, wherein R ₁₀₀ is–

nd R ₆₀₀ is H, C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, or–C(=O)OR ₃ , wherein R ₃₀₀ is an optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl. In some embodiments, R ₃₀₀ is

In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided wherein R ₆₀₀ is H, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl, -OR ₃ , or (CH ₂ ) _n -aryl,

n is an integer from 0-6; R ₉₀₀ is ₁₁₀₀ is H or halo; R ₁₃₀₀ is O; R ⁱ⁰⁰ is C; y=2; and optionally R ₁₅₀₀ is optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl when R ₆₀₀ is optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl.

In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided wherein R ₁₁₀₀ is fluoro. In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided, wherein R ₁₀₀ is– C(=O)NH ₂ .

In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided, wherein R ₁₀₀ is cyano. In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided, wherein: R ^a00 , R ^b00 , R ^c00 , R ^d00 , R ^h00 , and R ⁱ⁰⁰ are C; Z ₁₀₀ is O, Z ₂₀₀ is C, Z ₃₀₀ is a bond; y=0; R ₉₀₀ is branched or unbranched optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, or optionally substituted heterocycle; and R ₁₃₀₀ is O. In some embodiments, R ₆₀₀ is H or optionally substituted branched or unbranched C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl. In some embodiments, R ₉₀₀ is or cyano. In some embodiments, R ₂₀₀ is H. In some embodiments, R ₁₁₀₀ is H.

In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided, wherein one of R ^a00 , R ^b00 , R ^c00 , and R ^d00 is N; Z ₁₀₀ is a bond or O; Z ₂₀₀ is C, Z ₃₀₀ is a bond, and y=0; R ^h00 and R ⁱ⁰⁰ are C; R ₁₀₀ is H, - or =O; R ₂₀₀ is H; R ₆₀₀ is H, C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, or C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl; R ₉₀₀ is C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, haloalkyl, or cycloalkyl; R ₁₁₀₀ is H; and R ₁₃₀₀ is O. In some

embodiments, Z ₁₀₀ is a bond and R ₁₀₀ is =O. In some embodiments, R ₄₀₀ is H. In some embodiments, R ^d00 is N and R ₁₀₀ is =O.

In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided, wherein R ^a00 , R ^b00 , R ^c00 , and R ^d00 are C; R ^h00 and R ⁱ⁰⁰ are C; Z ₁₀₀ is O, Z ₂₀₀ is C, Z ₃₀₀ is a bond; R ₁₁₀₀ is halo or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl; y=0; R ₉₀₀ is H, haloalkyl or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl; R ₁₃₀₀ is O; R ₆₀₀ is H, C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, or C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl; and R ₂₀₀ is H. In some embodiments, R ₁₀₀ is H, cyano or–

In some embdoimets, a compound or salt thereof is provided having Formula I00E.

wherein R ₁₀₀ , R ₂₀₀ . R ₆₀₀ . and R ₉₀₀ are as defined as described herein, R ^a00 , R ^b00 , R ^c00 , R ^d00 , R ^h00 and R ⁱ⁰⁰ are C; R ₁₃₀₀ is O; Z ₁₀₀ is O, Z ₂₀₀ is C, Z ₃₀₀ is a bond; and y=0. In some embodiments, R ₉₀₀ is H, haloalkyl, or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl. In some embodiments, R ₂₀₀ is H. In some embodiments, R ₁₁₀₀ is H. In some embodiments, R ₆₀₀ is H, C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, or C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl. In some embodiments, R ₁₀₀ is H, cyano, or In some embodiments, R ₉₀₀ is H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl.

In some embodiments, a compound of salt thereof is provided having the structure of of Formula I00A of claim 1, wherein R ^a00 , R ^b00 , R ^c00 , R ^d00 , R ^e00 , and R ⁱ⁰⁰ are C, R ^g00 is C or O; R ^f00 is absent; R ₁₃₀₀ is O; and Z ₁₀₀ is O, Z ₂₀₀ is C, and Z ₃₀₀ is a bond. In some embodiments, R ₂₀₀ is H. In some embodiments, R ₁₁₀₀ is H. In some embodiments, R ₆₀₀ is H, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl or optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl. In some embodiments, R ₁₀₀ is H, cyano, or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl. In some embodiments, R ^g00 is O.

In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided, wherein y=1. In some embodiments, R ₉₀₀ is an optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl or optionally substituted cycloalkyl.

In some embodiments, R ^a00 , R ^b00 , R ^c00 , R ^d00 , R ^h00 , and R ⁱ⁰⁰ are C. In some embodiments, R ₁₃₀₀ is O. In some embodiments, Z ₁₀₀ is O, Z ₂₀₀ is C, and Z ₃₀₀ is a bond. In some embodiments, R ₂₀₀ and R ₁₁₀₀ are H. In some embodiments, R ₁₀₀ is

In some embodiments, R ₆₀₀ is H or optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl.

In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided wherein R ^h00 is N. In some embodiments, R ^a00 , R ^b00 , R ^c00 , R ^d00 , R ⁱ⁰⁰ are C. In some embodiments, R ₂₀₀ is H. In some embodiments, R ₁₃₀₀ is O. In some embodiments, Z ₁₀₀ is O, Z ₂₀₀ is C, and Z ₃₀₀ is a bond. In some embodiments, R ₁₁₀₀ is H. In some embodiments, R ₆₀₀ is optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, or H. In some embodiments,

In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided wherein R ₁₁₀₀ is H or halo. In some embodiments, R ^a00 , R ^b00 , R ^c00 , R ^d00 , and R ⁱ⁰⁰ are C. In some embodiments, Z ₁₀₀ is O, Z ₂₀₀ is C, Z ₃₀₀ is a bond. In some embodiments, R ₁₃₀₀ is a bond or C. In some embodiments, y=1. In some embodiments, R ₉₀₀ is H. In some embodiments, R ₆₀₀ is H, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, or optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl. In some embodiments, R ₂₀₀ is H. In some embodiments, R ₁₀₀ is H, or cyano. In some embodiments, y=0, R ₁₃₀₀ is a bond and R ₉₀₀ is H. In some embodiments, the compound is of Formula 00X:

R ₆₀₀ . and R ₉₀₀ are as defined in claim 1; Z ₁₀₀ is O, Z ₂₀₀ is C, Z ₃₀₀ is a bond; R ^a00 , R ^b00 , R ^c00

, R ^d00 , R ^h00 , and R ⁱ⁰⁰ are C; R ₂₀₀ is H; R ₁₁₀₀ is halo; R ₁₃₀₀ is O; y=0-6; and R ₉₀₀ is C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl. In some embodiments, R ₆₀₀ is H, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, or optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl. In some embodiments, R ₁₀₀ is H, cyano, or

In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided, wherein Z ₁₀₀ is O, Z ₂₀₀ and Z ₃₀₀ is C. In some embodiments, R ⁱ⁰⁰ is C. In some embodiments, R ₂₀₀ and/or R ₁₁₀₀ are H. In some embodiments, R ₆₀₀ is H. In some embodiments, R ₁₀₀ is H, halo, cyano, - C(=O)OR ₃ , or - In some embodiments, R ₁₃₀₀ is O; R ₉₀₀ is H or–OR ₃ ; and y is 0-6.

In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided, wherein Z ₁₀₀ is S or O; Z ₃₀₀ is absent; Z ₂₀₀ is C; R ₂₀₀ and/or R ₁₁₀₀ are H; R ⁱ⁰⁰ is C; R ₁₃₀₀ is O; R ₉₀₀ is H or–OR ₃ ; and y=0-6. In some embodiments, R ^a00 , R ^b00 , R ^c00 , R ^d00 , R ^h00 , and R ⁱ⁰⁰ are C. In some embodiments, R ₆₀₀ is H or–C(=O)OR ₃ . In some embodiments, R ₁₀₀ is H or–

In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided, wherein R ⁱ⁰⁰ is N; R ₂₀₀ and/or R ₁₁₀₀ are H; Z ₃₀₀ is a bond or C; Z ₁₀₀ is N or O; and Z ₂₀₀ is C or C(=O). In some embodiments, R ^a00 , R ^b00 , R ^c00 , R ^d00 , R ^h00 are C. In some embodiments, R ₁₃₀₀ is O. In some embodiments, R ₉₀₀ is H and y=0-6. In some embodiments, wherein R ₁₀₀ is halo, H, cyano, - r -OR ₃ . In some embodiments, R ₆₀₀ is H, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, or -(CH ₂ ) _p -aryl, wherein p is an integer from 0-6. In some embodiments, Z ₂₀₀ is C(=O), Z ₁₀₀ is N, and Z ₃₀₀ is C.

In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is provided, wherein Z ₂₀₀ is C(=O) or C; Z ₁₀₀ is N or O; and Z ₃₀₀ is C or absent. In some embodiments, R ^a00 , R ^b00 , R ^c00 , R ^d00 , and R ^h00 are C. In some embodiments, R ₂₀₀ is H. In some embodiments, R ₁₀₀ is H, halo, cyano, or In some embodiments, R ₁₁₀₀ is H. In some embodiments, R ₁₃₀₀ is O; and R ₉₀₀ is H or–OR ₃ . In some embodiments, R ₆₀₀ is H, C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, or -(CH ₂ ) _p R ₅₀₀ . In some embodiments, Z ₁₀₀ is O; Z ₃₀₀ is absent; and Z ₂₀₀ is C. In some embodiments, the compoundor salt thereof has a structure of Formula I00B.

In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof of Formula I00C is provided, wherein Z ₁₀₀ is C and R ₁₄₀₀ is a pyridinone. In some embodiments, Z ₁₀₀ is O and R ₁₄₀₀ is optionally substituted–CH2-pyridinone. In some embodiments, R ₆₀₀ is H. In some embodiments, R ⁱ⁰⁰ and R ^h00 are C. In some embodiments, R ₁₃₀₀ is O. In some embodiments, y is an integer from 1-6.

In some embodiments, a compound or salt thereof is chosen from a compound of as shown in Figure 1 and described herein, including in the Examples section of the present disclosure. The data for the compounds can be found in Figure 2 and the Examples. As described herein, the compounds can be prepared according to the schemes and methods described herein and below.

Although the compounds described herein may be shown with specific

stereochemistries around certain atoms, such as cis or trans, the compounds can also be made in the opposite orientation or in a racemic mixture. Such isomers or racemic mixtures are encompassed by the present disclosure.

In some embodiments, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound or pharmaceutically salt thereof of any compound described herein.

The compounds described herein can be made by can be made according to the methods described herein and in the examples. The methods described herein can be adapted based upon the compounds desired and described herien. In some embodiments, the method is made according to the following schemes, wherein Q and L are the substituents as shown and described herein and would be apparent to one of skill in the art based upon the present disclosure. In some embodiments, this method can be used to make one or more compounds as described herein and will be apparent to one of skill in the art which compounds can be made according to the methods described herein.

In some embodiments, the compounds made according to Scheme I.

S ^{cheme I}

The conditions and temperatures can be varied, or the synthesis can be performed according to the examples described herein.

In some embodiments, one or more compounds is made according to Scheme II.

_M

M ^sCl/Et3N D _CM

S ^{cheme II} The conditions and temperatures can be varied, such as shown in the examples described herein. These schemes are non-limiting synthetic schemes and the synthetic routes can be modified as would be apparent to one of skill in the art reading the present specification. The compounds can also be prepared according to the schemes described in the Examples.

The compounds can be used to modulate the δ-opioid receptor. Thus, in some embodiments, the compounds can be referred to as δ-opioid receptor modulating compounds Although the compounds in the tables above or in the examples section are shown with specific stereochemistries around certain atoms, such as cis or trans, the compounds can also be made in the opposite orientation or in a racemic mixture.

In some embodiments, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound or pharmaceutically salt thereof any compound described herein.

The compounds described herein can be made by can be made according to the methods described herein and in the examples. The methods described herein can be adapted based upon the compounds desired and described herien. In some embodiments, the method is made according to the following schemes, wherein Q and L are the substituents as shown and described herein and would be apparent to one of skill in the art based upon the present disclosure. In some embodiments, this method can be used to make one or more compounds as described herein and will be apparent to one of skill in the art which compounds can be made according to the methods described herein.

In some embodiments, the compounds are made according to schemes described in the examples. The schemes can be used to prepare the compounds and compositions described herein. The conditions and temperatures can be varied, or the synthesis can be performed according to the examples described herein with modifications that are readily apparent based upon the compound being synthesized.

The conditions and temperatures can be varied, such as shown in the examples described herein. These schemes are non-limiting synthetic schemes and the synthetic routes can be modified as would be apparent to one of skill in the art reading the present specification.

The compounds described herein can be administered in any conventional manner by any route where they are active. Administration can be systemic, topical, or oral. For example, administration can be, but is not limited to, parenteral, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, transdermal, oral, buccal, sublingual, or ocular routes, or intravaginally, by inhalation, by depot injections, or by implants. The mode of administration can depend on the conditions or disease to be targeted or treated. The selection of the specific route of administration can be selected or adjusted by the clinician according to methods known to the clinician to obtain the desired clinical response.

In some embodiments, it may be desirable to administer one or more compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, locally to an area in need of treatment. This may be achieved, for example, and not by way of limitation, by local infusion during surgery, topical application, e.g., in conjunction with a wound dressing after surgery, by injection, by means of a catheter, by means of a suppository, or by means of an implant, wherein the implant is of a porous, non-porous, or gelatinous material, including membranes, such as sialastic membranes, or fibers.

The compounds described herein can be administered either alone or in combination (concurrently or serially) with other pharmaceuticals. For example, the compounds can be administered in combination with other analgesics, antidepressants, anti-anxiety compounds, anti-overactive bladder compounds, compounds for the treatment of Parkinsons, and the like. In some embodiments, the compounds can be administered in combination with other PTSD therapeutics. Examples of other pharmaceuticals or medicaments are known to one of skill in the art and include, but are not limited to those described herein.

The means and methods for administration are known in the art and an artisan can refer to various pharmacologic references for guidance (see, for example, Modern

Pharmaceutics, Banker & Rhodes, Marcel Dekker, Inc. (1979); and Goodman & Gilman’s The Pharmaceutical Basis of Therapeutics, 6th Edition, MacMillan Publishing Co., New York (1980)).

The amount of compound to be administered is that amount which is therapeutically effective. The dosage to be administered will depend on the characteristics of the subject being treated, e.g., the particular animal treated, age, weight, health, types of concurrent treatment, if any, and frequency of treatments, and can be easily determined by one of skill in the art (e.g., by the clinician). The standard dosing for protamine can be used and adjusted (i.e., increased or decreased) depending upon the the factors described above. The selection of the specific dose regimen can be selected or adjusted or titrated by the clinician according to methods known to the clinician to obtain the desired clinical response.

The amount of a compound described herein that will be effective in the treatment and/or prevention of a particular disease, condition, or disorder will depend on the nature and extent of the disease, condition, or disorder, and can be determined by standard clinical techniques. In addition, in vitro or in vivo assays may optionally be employed to help identify optimal dosage ranges. The precise dose to be employed in the compositions will also depend on the route of administration, and the seriousness of the disorder, and should be decided according to the judgment of the practitioner and each patient’s circumstances. However, a suitable dosage range for oral administration is, generally, from about 0.001 milligram to about 200 milligrams per kilogram body weight, from about 0.01 milligram to about 100 milligrams per kilogram body weight, from about 0.01 milligram to about 70 milligrams per kilogram body weight, from about 0.1 milligram to about 50 milligrams per kilogram body weight, from 0.5 milligram to about 20 milligrams per kilogram body weight, or from about 1 milligram to about 10 milligrams per kilogram body weight. In some embodiments, the oral dose is about 5 milligrams per kilogram body weight.

In some embodiments, suitable dosage ranges for intravenous (i.v.) administration are from about 0.01 mg to about 500 mg per kg body weight, from about 0.1 mg to about 100 mg per kg body weight, from about 1 mg to about 50 mg per kg body weight, or from about 10 mg to about 35 mg per kg body weight. Suitable dosage ranges for other modes of administration can be calculated based on the forgoing dosages as known by those skilled in the art. For example, recommended dosages for intranasal, transmucosal, intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, epidural, sublingual, intracerebral, intravaginal, transdermal administration or administration by inhalation are in the range of from about 0.001 mg to about 200 mg per kg of body weight, from about 0.01 mg to about 100 mg per kg of body weight, from about 0.1 mg to about 50 mg per kg of body weight, or from about 1 mg to about 20 mg per kg of body weight. Effective doses may be extrapolated from dose- response curves derived from in vitro or animal model test systems. Such animal models and systems are well known in the art.

The compounds described herein can be formulated for parenteral administration by injection, such as by bolus injection or continuous infusion. The compounds can be administered by continuous infusion subcutaneously over a period of about 15 minutes to about 24 hours. Formulations for injection can be presented in unit dosage form, such as in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an optinoally added preservative. The

compositions can take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and can contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. In some embodiments, the injectable is in the form of short-acting, depot, or implant and pellet forms injected subcutaneously or intramuscularly. In some

embodiments, the parenteral dosage form is the form of a solution, suspension, emulsion, or dry powder.

For oral administration, the compounds described herein can be formulated by combining the compounds with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers well known in the art. Such carriers enable the compounds to be formulated as tablets, pills, dragees, capsules, emulsions, liquids, gels, syrups, caches, pellets, powders, granules, slurries, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, and the like, for oral ingestion by a patient to be treated.

Pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be obtained by, for example, adding a solid excipient, optionally grinding the resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or dragee cores. Suitable excipients include, but are not limited to, fillers such as sugars, including, but not limited to, lactose, sucrose, mannitol, and sorbitol; cellulose preparations such as, but not limited to, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and

polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP). If desired, disintegrating agents can be added, such as, but not limited to, the cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof such as sodium alginate.

Orally administered compositions can contain one or more optional agents, for example, sweetening agents such as fructose, aspartame or saccharin; flavoring agents such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, or cherry; coloring agents; and preserving agents, to provide a pharmaceutically palatable preparation. Moreover, where in tablet or pill form, the compositions may be coated to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract thereby providing a sustained action over an extended period of time. Selectively permeable membranes surrounding an osmotically active driving compound are also suitable for orally administered compounds. Oral compositions can include standard vehicles such as mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, magnesium carbonate, etc. Such vehicles are suitably of pharmaceutical grade.

Dragee cores can be provided with suitable coatings. For this purpose, concentrated sugar solutions can be used, which can optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. Dyestuffs or pigments can be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses.

Pharmaceutical preparations which can be used orally include, but are not limited to, push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol. The push-fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers. In soft capsules, the active compounds can be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols. In addition, stabilizers can be added.

For buccal administration, the compositions can take the form of, such as, tablets or lozenges formulated in a conventional manner.

For administration by inhalation, the compounds described herein can be delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebulizer, with the use of a suitable propellant, such as dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurized aerosol the dosage unit can be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. Capsules and cartridges of, such as gelatin for use in an inhaler or insufflator can be formulated containing a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.

The compounds described herein can also be formulated in rectal compositions such as suppositories or retention enemas, such as containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides. The compounds described herein can also be formulated in vaginal compositions such as vaginal creams, suppositories, pessaries, vaginal rings, and intrauterine devices.

In transdermal administration, the compounds can be applied to a plaster, or can be applied by transdermal, therapeutic systems that are consequently supplied to the organism. In some embodiments, the compounds are present in creams, solutions, powders, fluid emulsions, fluid suspensions, semi-solids, ointments, pastes, gels, jellies, and foams, or in patches containing any of the same.

The compounds described herein can also be formulated as a depot preparation. Such long acting formulations can be administered by implantation (for example

subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection. Depot injections can be administered at about 1 to about 6 months or longer intervals. Thus, for example, the compounds can be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt.

In some embodiments, the compounds can be delivered in a controlled release system. In one embodiment, a pump may be used (see Langer, supra; Sefton, CRC Crit. Ref. Biomed. Eng., 1987, 14, 201; Buchwald et al., Surgery, 1980, 88, 507 Saudek et al., N. Engl. J. Med., 1989, 321, 574). In some embodiments, polymeric materials can be used (see Medical Applications of Controlled Release, Langer and Wise (eds.), CRC Pres., Boca Raton, Fla. (1974); Controlled Drug Bioavailability, Drug Product Design and Performance, Smolen and Ball (eds.), Wiley, New York (1984); Ranger et al., J. Macromol. Sci. Rev. Macromol. Chem., 1983, 23, 61; see, also Levy et al., Science, 1985, 228, 190; During et al., Ann. Neurol., 1989, 25, 351; Howard et al., J. Neurosurg., 1989, 71, 105). In yet another embodiment, a controlled-release system can be placed in proximity of the target of the compounds described herein, such as the liver, thus requiring only a fraction of the systemic dose (see, e.g., Goodson, in Medical Applications of Controlled Release, supra, vol.2, pp. 115-138 (1984)). Other controlled-release systems discussed in the review by Langer, Science, 1990, 249, 1527-1533) may be used.

It is also known in the art that the compounds can be contained in such formulations with pharmaceutically acceptable diluents, fillers, disintegrants, binders, lubricants, surfactants, hydrophobic vehicles, water soluble vehicles, emulsifiers, buffers, humectants, moisturizers, solubilizers, preservatives and the like. The pharmaceutical compositions can also comprise suitable solid or gel phase carriers or excipients. Examples of such carriers or excipients include, but are not limited to, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, various sugars, starches, cellulose derivatives, gelatin, and polymers such as polyethylene glycols. In some embodiments, the compounds described herein can be used with agents including, but not limited to, topical analgesics (e.g., lidocaine), barrier devices (e.g., GelClair), or rinses (e.g., Caphosol).

In some embodiments, the compounds described herein can be delivered in a vesicle, in particular a liposome (see, Langer, Science, 1990, 249, 1527-1533; Treat et al., in Liposomes in the Therapy of Infectious Disease and Cancer, Lopez-Berestein and Fidler (eds.), Liss, New York, pp.353-365 (1989); Lopez-Berestein, ibid., pp.317-327; see generally ibid.). Suitable compositions include, but are not limited to, oral non-absorbed

compositions. Suitable compositions also include, but are not limited to saline, water, cyclodextrin solutions, and buffered solutions of pH 3-9.

The compounds described herein, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, can be formulated with numerous excipients including, but not limited to, purified water, propylene glycol, PEG 400, glycerin, DMA, ethanol, benzyl alcohol, citric acid/sodium citrate (pH3), citric acid/sodium citrate (pH5), tris(hydroxymethyl)amino methane HCl (pH7.0), 0.9% saline, and 1.2% saline, and any combination thereof. In some embodiments, excipient is chosen from propylene glycol, purified water, and glycerin.

In some embodiments, the formulation can be lyophilized to a solid and

reconstituted with, for example, water prior to use.

When administered to a mammal (e.g., to an animal for veterinary use or to a human for clinical use) the compounds can be administered in isolated form.

When administered to a human, the compounds can be sterile. Water is a suitable carrier when the compound of Formula I is administered intravenously. Saline solutions and aqueous dextrose and glycerol solutions can also be employed as liquid carriers, particularly for injectable solutions. Suitable pharmaceutical carriers also include excipients such as starch, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, talc, sodium chloride, dried skim milk, glycerol, propylene, glycol, water, ethanol and the like. The present compositions, if desired, can also contain minor amounts of wetting or emulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents.

The compositions described herein can take the form of a solution, suspension, emulsion, tablet, pill, pellet, capsule, capsule containing a liquid, powder, sustained-release formulation, suppository, aerosol, spray, or any other form suitable for use. Examples of suitable pharmaceutical carriers are described in Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences, A.R. Gennaro (Editor) Mack Publishing Co.

In some embodiments, the compounds are formulated in accordance with routine procedures as a pharmaceutical composition adapted for administration to humans. Typically, compounds are solutions in sterile isotonic aqueous buffer. Where necessary, the

compositions can also include a solubilizing agent. Compositions for intravenous

administration may optionally include a local anesthetic such as lidocaine to ease pain at the site of the injection. Generally, the ingredients are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent. Where the compound is to be administered by infusion, it can be dispensed, for example, with an infusion bottle containing sterile pharmaceutical grade water or saline. Where the compound is administered by injection, an ampoule of sterile water for injection or saline can be provided so that the ingredients may be mixed prior to

administration.

The pharmaceutical compositions can be in unit dosage form. In such form, the composition can be divided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active component. The unit dosage form can be a packaged preparation, the package containing discrete quantities of the preparations, for example, packeted tablets, capsules, and powders in vials or ampules. The unit dosage form can also be a capsule, cachet, or tablet itself, or it can be the appropriate number of any of these packaged forms.

In some embodiments, a composition of the present invention is in the form of a liquid wherein the active agent (i.e., one of the facially amphiphilic polymers or oligomers disclosed herein) is present in solution, in suspension, as an emulsion, or as a

solution/suspension. In some embodiments, the liquid composition is in the form of a gel. In other embodiments, the liquid composition is aqueous. In other embodiments, the

composition is in the form of an ointment.

In some embodiments embodiments, the composition is in the form of a solid article. For example, in some embodiments, the ophthalmic composition is a solid article that can be inserted in a suitable location in the eye, such as between the eye and eyelid or in the conjunctival sac, where it releases the active agent as described, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 3,863,633; U.S. Pat. No.3,867,519; U.S. Pat. No.3,868,445; U.S. Pat. No.3,960,150; U.S. Pat. No.3,963,025; U.S. Pat. No.4,186,184; U.S. Pat. No.4,303,637; U.S. Pat. No.

5,443,505; and U.S. Pat. No.5,869,079. Release from such an article is usually to the cornea, either via the lacrimal fluid that bathes the surface of the cornea, or directly to the cornea itself, with which the solid article is generally in intimate contact. Solid articles suitable for implantation in the eye in such fashion are generally composed primarily of polymers and can be bioerodible or non-bioerodible. Bioerodible polymers that can be used in the preparation of ocular implants carrying one or more of the anti-microbial, facially

amphiphilic polymer or oligomer active agents in accordance with the present invention include, but are not limited to, aliphatic polyesters such as polymers and copolymers of poly(glycolide), poly(lactide), poly(epsilon-caprolactone), poly-(hydroxybutyrate) and poly(hydroxyvalerate), polyamino acids, polyorthoesters, polyanhydrides, aliphatic polycarbonates and polyether lactones. Suitable non-bioerodible polymers include silicone elastomers.

The compositions described herein can contain preservatives. Suitable preservatives include, but are not limited to, mercury-containing substances such as phenylmercuric salts (e.g., phenylmercuric acetate, borate and nitrate) and thimerosal; stabilized chlorine dioxide; quaternary ammonium compounds such as benzalkonium chloride, cetyltrimethylammonium bromide and cetylpyridinium chloride; imidazolidinyl urea; parabens such as methylparaben, ethylparaben, propylparaben and butylparaben, and salts thereof; phenoxyethanol;

chlorophenoxyethanol; phenoxypropanol; chlorobutanol; chlorocresol; phenylethyl alcohol; disodium EDTA; and sorbic acid and salts thereof.

Optionally one or more stabilizers can be included in the compositions to enhance chemical stability where required. Suitable stabilizers include, but are not limited to, chelating agents or complexing agents, such as, for example, the calcium complexing agent ethylene diamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA). For example, an appropriate amount of EDTA or a salt thereof, e.g., the disodium salt, can be included in the composition to complex excess calcium ions and prevent gel formation during storage. EDTA or a salt thereof can suitably be included in an amount of about 0.01% to about 0.5%. In those embodiments containing a preservative other than EDTA, the EDTA or a salt thereof, more particularly disodium EDTA, can be present in an amount of about 0.025% to about 0.1% by weight.

One or more antioxidants can also be included in the compositions. Suitable antioxidants include, but are not limited to, ascorbic acid, sodium metabisulfite, sodium bisulfite, acetylcysteine, polyquaternium-1, benzalkonium chloride, thimerosal,

chlorobutanol, methyl paraben, propyl paraben, phenylethyl alcohol, edetate disodium, sorbic acid, or other agents know to those of skill in the art. Such preservatives are typically employed at a level of from about 0.001% to about 1.0% by weight.

In some embodiments, the compounds are solubilized at least in part by an acceptable solubilizing agent. Certain acceptable nonionic surfactants, for example polysorbate 80, can be useful as solubilizing agents, as can ophthalmically acceptable glycols, polyglycols, e.g., polyethylene glycol 400 (PEG-400), and glycol ethers.

Suitable solubilizing agents for solution and solution/suspension compositions are cyclodextrins. Suitable cyclodextrins can be chosen from α-cyclodextrin, β-cyclodextrin, γ-cyclodextrin, alkylcyclodextrins (e.g., methyl-β-cyclodextrin, dimethyl-β-cyclodextrin, diethyl-β-cyclodextrin), hydroxyalkylcyclodextrins (e.g., hydroxyethyl-β-cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin), carboxy-alkylcyclodextrins (e.g., carboxymethyl-β- cyclodextrin), sulfoalkylether cyclodextrins (e.g., sulfobutylether-β-cyclodextrin), and the like. Ophthalmic applications of cyclodextrins have been reviewed in Rajewski et al., Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1996, 85, 1155-1159.

In some embodiments, the composition optionally contains a suspending agent. For example, in those embodiments in which the composition is an aqueous suspension or solution/suspension, the composition can contain one or more polymers as suspending agents. Useful polymers include, but are not limited to, water-soluble polymers such as cellulosic polymers, for example, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, and water-insoluble polymers such as cross-linked carboxyl-containing polymers.

One or more acceptable pH adjusting agents and/or buffering agents can be included in the compositions, including acids such as acetic, boric, citric, lactic, phosphoric and hydrochloric acids; bases such as sodium hydroxide, sodium phosphate, sodium borate, sodium citrate, sodium acetate, sodium lactate and tris-hydroxymethylaminomethane; and buffers such as citrate/dextrose, sodium bicarbonate and ammonium chloride. Such acids, bases and buffers are included in an amount required to maintain pH of the composition in an acceptable range.

One or more acceptable salts can be included in the compositions of the invention in an amount required to bring osmolality of the composition into an acceptable range. Such salts include, but are not limited to, those having sodium, potassium or ammonium cations and chloride, citrate, ascorbate, borate, phosphate, bicarbonate, sulfate, thiosulfate or bisulfite anions. In some embodiments, salts include sodium chloride, potassium chloride, sodium thiosulfate, sodium bisulfite and ammonium sulfate. In some embodiments, the salt is sodium chloride. Optionally one or more acceptable surfactants, preferably nonionic surfactants, or co-solvents can be included in the compositions to enhance solubility of the components of the compositions or to impart physical stability, or for other purposes. Suitable nonionic surfactants include, but are not limited to, polyoxyethylene fatty acid glycerides and vegetable oils, e.g., polyoxyethylene (60) hydrogenated castor oil; and polyoxyethylene alkylethers and alkylphenyl ethers, e.g., octoxynol 10, octoxynol 40; polysorbate 20, 60 and 80; polyoxyethylene/polyoxypropylene surfactants (e.g., Pluronic® F-68, F84 and P-103); cyclodextrin; or other agents known to those of skill in the art. Typically, such co-solvents or surfactants are employed in the compositions at a level of from about 0.01% to about 2% by weight.

The present invention also provides pharmaceutical packs or kits comprising one or more containers filled with one or more compounds described herein. Optionally associated with such container(s) can be a notice in the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products, which notice reflects approval by the agency of manufacture, use or sale for human administration for treating a condition, disease, or disorder described herein. In some embodiments, the kit contains more than one compound described herein. In some embodiments, the kit comprises a compound described herein in a single injectable dosage form, such as a single dose within an injectable device such as a syringe with a needle.

Modulation of the δ-opioid receptor has been found to be a target for the treatment of brain disoders. (Trends Pharmacol Sci.2011 Oct;32(10):581-90. Epub 2011 Sep 17). Specifically, preclinical data has confirmed that delta opioid receptor activation reduces persistent pain and improves negative emotional states. (Id.). δ-opioid receptor modulating compounds have also been found to have anxiolytic activities. (J Pharmacol Exp Ther.2011 Jul;338(1):195-204. Epub 2011 Mar 28.) Therefore, the compounds described herien can be used to treat brain disorders, such as depression, Parkinsons, or anxiety. The compounds can be also used to treat pain. The compounds can also be used to treat overactive bladder.

The present invention also provides methods of treating pain, including, but not limited to neuropathic pain, migraines (chronic, episodic, or acute), headaches (e.g., episodic, chronic, acute, cluster, and the like), Parkinsons, depression, anxiety, overactive bladder, including, but not limited to, major depressive disorder, treatment resistant depression, anxiety, post traumatic stress disorder, neuropathic pain, including, diabetic peripheral neuropathy, post-herpetic neuralgia, chemotherapy induced neuropathic pain, prevention of chemotherapy-induced neuropathy, prevention of chemotherapy-induced neuropathic pain, trigeminal neuralgia, inflammatory pain, including, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, Rett Syndrome, Autism spectrum disorders, migraine (chronic, episodic, or acute), cluster headaches, (e.g., episodic, chronic, acute, cluster, and the like), acute abortive treatment, prophylaxis of acute intermittent migraine, prophylaxis of chronic migraine, treatment of episodic and chronic cluster headache, prevention of episodic and chronic cluster headache, Charcot-Marie Tooth disease, Traumatic brain injury, fibromyalgia, stroke, acute ischemic syndrome, ischemia/reperfusion injury, substance abuse intervention, and/or treatment of alcohol abuse in a subject comprising administering to the subject one or more compounds described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition of the same. In some embodiments, the subject is a subject in need of such treatment. As described herein, in some embodiments, the subject is a mammal, such as, but not limited to, a human.

The present invention also provides one or more compounds described above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds described above, for the treatment of methods of treating pain, including, but not limited to neuropathic pain, migraines (chronic or acute), headaches (e.g., chronic, acute, cluster, and the like) Parkinsons, depression, anxiety, overactive bladder, including, but not limited to, major depressive disorder, treatment resistant depression, anxiety, post traumatic stress disorder, neuropathic pain, including, diabetic peripheral neuropathy, post- herpetic neuralgia, chemotherapy induced neuropathic pain, prevention of chemotherapy- induced neuropathy, prevention of chemotherapy-induced neuropathic pain, trigeminal neuralgia, inflammatory pain, including, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, Rett Syndrome, Autism spectrum disorders, migraine, cluster headaches, acute abortive treatment, prophylaxis of acute intermittent migraine, prophylaxis of chronic migraine, treatment of episodic and chronic cluster headache, prevention of episodic and chronic cluster headache, Charcot-Marie Tooth disease, Traumatic brain injury, fibromyalgia, stroke, acute ischemic syndrome, ischemia/reperfusion injury, substance abuse intervention, and/or treatment of alcohol abuse in a subject, such as a mammal or human. In some embodiments, the compounds are for the treatment of methods of treating pain, including, but not limited to neuropathic pain, migraines (chronic or acute), headaches (e.g., chronic, acute, cluster, and the like) Parkinsons, depression, anxiety, overactive bladder, including, but not limited to, major depressive disorder, treatment resistant depression, anxiety, post traumatic stress disorder, neuropathic pain, including, diabetic peripheral neuropathy, post-herpetic neuralgia, chemotherapy induced neuropathic pain, prevention of chemotherapy-induced neuropathy, prevention of chemotherapy-induced neuropathic pain, trigeminal neuralgia, inflammatory pain, including, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, Rett Syndrome, Autism spectrum disorders, migraine, cluster headaches, acute abortive treatment, prophylaxis of acute intermittent migraine, prophylaxis of chronic migraine, treatment of episodic and chronic cluster headache, prevention of episodic and chronic cluster headache, Charcot-Marie Tooth disease, Traumatic brain injury, fibromyalgia, stroke, acute ischemic syndrome,

ischemia/reperfusion injury, substance abuse intervention, and/or treatment of alcohol abuse in a subject (e.g. mammal or human and others described herein) in need thereof.

The present invention also provides one or more compounds described above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds described above, for the treatment of hyperalgesia in a subject comprising administering to the subject one or more compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of a compound described herein. In some embodiments, the hyperalgesia is opioid induced hyperalgesia. In some embodiments, the opioid induced hyperalgesia is morphine, oxycodone, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, fentanyl, meperidine, alfentanil, remifentanil, sufentanil, etorphine, buprenorphine, methadone, and/or heroin induced hyperalgesia. In some embodiments, the subject has been administered an opioid prior to being administered the one or more compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of the pharmaceutical composition comprising the one or more compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

The present invention also provides one or more compounds described above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds described above, for decreasing nociceptive sensitization in a subject comprising administering to the subject one or more compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of a compound described herein. In some embodiments, the subject has opioid induced nociceptive sensitization. In some embodiments, the opioid induced nociceptive sensitization is morphine, oxycodone, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, fentanyl, meperidine, alfentanil, remifentanil, sufentanil, etorphine, buprenorphine, methadone, and/or heroin, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, induced nociceptive sensitization.

The present invention also provides one or more compounds described above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds described above, for the treatment of pain in a subject comprising administering to the subject one or more compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of a compound described herein. In some embodiments, the method comprises administering an opioid agonist to the subject until the opioid increases nociceptive sensitization in the subject; and administering to the subject one or more compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of a compound described herein. In some embodiments, the opioid agonist is morphine, oxycodone, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, fentanyl, meperidine, alfentanil, remifentanil, sufentanil, etorphine, buprenorphine, methadone, and/or heroin, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

The present invention also provides one or more compounds described above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds described above, for the treatment of pain in an opioid exposed subject comprising administering to the subject one or more compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of a compound described herein. In some embodiments, the methods comprise: a)administering an opioid agonist to the subject; and b) administering to the subject of step a), in the absence of the opioid administered in step a), one or more compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of a compound described herein. In some embodiments, the opioid that is administered in step a) is morphine, oxycodone, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, fentanyl, meperidine, alfentanil, remifentanil, sufentanil, etorphine, buprenorphine, methadone, and/or heroin, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

The present invention also provides one or more compounds described above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds described above, for the treatment of medication overuse headache in a subject comprising administering to the subject one or more compounds, or a

pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of a compound described herein, or a

pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of a compound described herein. In some embodiments, the medication overuse headache is caused by acetaminophen, aspirin, a mu-opioid agonist, a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID), or a triptan. In some embodiments, the triptan is sumatriptan, rizatriptan, naratriptan, zolmitriptan, eletriptan, almotriptan, frovatriptan, avitriptan, or donitriptan, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the mu-opioid agonist is morphine, oxycodone, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, fentanyl, meperidine, alfentanil, remifentanil, sufentanil, etorphine, buprenorphine, methadone, or heroin, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

The present invention also provides one or more compounds described above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds described above, for the treatment of migraines in a subject comprising administering a triptan to a subject; and administering to the subject one or more compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of a compound described herein. In some embodiments, the one or more compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of a compound described herein is administered in the absence of the triptan. In some embodiments, the triptan is sumatriptan, rizatriptan, naratriptan, zolmitriptan, eletriptan, almotriptan, frovatriptan, avitriptan, or donitriptan, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the subject develops medication overuse headache prior to being administered the one or more compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of a compound described herein, or a

pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of a compound described herein.

The present invention also provides one or more compounds described above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds described above, for use in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of methods of treating pain, including, but not limited to neuropathic pain, medication overuse headache, hyperalgesia, decreasing nociceptive sensitization, pain in an opioid exposed subject, migraines (chronic or acute), headaches (e.g., chronic, acute, cluster, and the like) Parkinsons, depression, anxiety, overactive bladder, including, but not limited to, major depressive disorder, treatment resistant depression, anxiety, post traumatic stress disorder, neuropathic pain, including, diabetic peripheral neuropathy, post-herpetic neuralgia, chemotherapy induced neuropathic pain, prevention of chemotherapy-induced neuropathy, prevention of chemotherapy-induced neuropathic pain, trigeminal neuralgia, inflammatory pain, including, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, Rett Syndrome, Autism spectrum disorders, migraine, cluster headaches, acute abortive treatment, prophylaxis of acute intermittent migraine, prophylaxis of chronic migraine, treatment of episodic and chronic cluster headache, prevention of episodic and chronic cluster headache, Charcot-Marie Tooth disease, Traumatic brain injury, fibromyalgia, stroke, acute ischemic syndrome,

ischemia/reperfusion injury, substance abuse intervention, and/or treatment of alcohol abuse in a subject, such as those described herein. In some embodiments, the mammal is a mammal in need thereof.

The present invention also provides the use of one or more compounds described above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds described above, in the modulation of a δ-opioid receptor. In some embodiments, the compounds, pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition of the same modulate the Beta-arrestin modulated pathway of the δ-opioid receptor. In some embodiments, the compounds, pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition of the same modulate the G-protein modulated pathway of the δ-opioid receptor.

As used herein,“modulation” can refer to either inhibition or enhancement of a specific activity. For example, the modulation of the δ-opioid receptor can refer to the inhibition and/or activation of the G-protein mediated pathway of the δ-opioid receptor. In some embodiments, the modulation refers to the inhibition or activation of the β-arrestin mediated pathway of the δ-opioid receptor. The activity of a δ-opioid receptor can be measured by any method including but not limited to the methods described herein.

The compounds described herien are agonists or antagonists of the delta opioid receptors (DORs). The ability of the compounds to stimulate or inhibit DOR mediated signaling may be measured using any assay known in the art used to detect DOR mediated signaling or DOR activity, or the absence of such signaling/activity. "DOR activity" refers to the ability of an DOR to transduce a signal. Such activity can be measured, e.g., in a heterologous cell, by coupling an DOR (or a chimeric DOR) to a downstream effector such as adenylate cyclase.

A“natural ligand-induced activity” as used herein, refers to activation of the DOR by a natural ligand of the DOR. Activity can be assessed using any number of endpoints to measure DOR activity. Generally, assays for testing compounds that modulate DOR-mediated signal transduction include the determination of any parameter that is indirectly or directly under the influence of a DOR, e.g., a functional, physical, or chemical effect.

Samples or assays comprising DORs that are treated with a potential activator, inhibitor, or modulator are compared to control samples without the inhibitor, activator, or modulator to examine the extent of inhibition. Control samples (untreated with inhibitors) are assigned a relative DOR activity value of 100%. Inhibition of an DOR is achieved when the DOR activity value relative to the control is about 80%, 50%, or 25%. Activation of an DOR is achieved when the DOR activity value relative to the control (untreated with activators) is 110%, 150%, or 200-500% (i.e., two to five fold higher relative to the control), or 1000- 3000% or higher.

The effects of the compounds upon the function of an DOR can be measured by examining any of the parameters described above. Any suitable physiological change that affects DOR activity can be used to assess the influence of a compound on the DORs and natural ligand-mediated DOR activity. When the functional consequences are determined using intact cells or animals, one can also measure a variety of effects such as changes in intracellular second messengers such as cAMP.

In some embodiments, The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof selectively inhibits the Beta-arrestin mediated pathway of the delta-opioid receptor. In some embodiments, The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof selectively inhibits the cAMP mediated pathway of the delta-opioid receptor. In some embodiments, The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof selectively activates the Beta- arrestin mediated pathway of the delta-opioid receptor. In some embodiments, The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof selectively activates the cAMP mediated pathway of the delta-opioid receptor.

Modulators of DOR activity can be tested using DOR polypeptides as described herein, either recombinant or naturally occurring. The protein can be isolated, expressed in a cell, expressed in a membrane derived from a cell, expressed in tissue or in an animal. For example, neuronal cells, cells of the immune system, transformed cells, or membranes can be used to test the GPCR polypeptides described above. Modulation is tested using one of the in vitro or in vivo assays described herein. Signal transduction can also be examined in vitro with soluble or solid state reactions, using a chimeric molecule such as an extracellular domain of a receptor covalently linked to a heterologous signal transduction domain, or a heterologous extracellular domain covalently linked to the transmembrane and or

cytoplasmic domain of a receptor. Furthermore, ligand-binding domains of the protein of interest can be used in vitro in soluble or solid state reactions to assay for ligand binding.

Ligand binding to an DOR, a domain, or chimeric protein can be tested in a number of formats. Binding can be performed in solution, in a bilayer membrane, attached to a solid phase, in a lipid monolayer, or in vesicles. For example, in an assay, the binding of the natural ligand to its receptor is measured in the presence of a candidate modulator, such as the compound described herein. Alternatively, the binding of the candidate modulator may be measured in the presence of the natural ligand. Often, competitive assays that measure the ability of a compound to compete with binding of the natural ligand to the receptor are used. Binding can be tested by measuring, e.g., changes in spectroscopic characteristics (e.g., fluorescence, absorbance, refractive index), hydrodynamic (e.g., shape) changes, or changes in chromatographic or solubility properties.

The activity of the compounds can also be measured using assays involving β- arrestin recruitment. β-arrestin serves as a regulatory protein that is distributed throughout the cytoplasm in unactivated cells. Ligand binding to an appropriate DOR is associated with redistribution of β-arrestin from the cytoplasm to the cell surface, where it associates with the DOR. Thus, receptor activation and the effect of candidate modulators on ligand-induced receptor activation, can be assessed by monitoring β-arrestin recruitment to the cell surface. This is frequently performed by transfecting a labeled β-arrestin fusion protein (e.g., β- arrestin-green fluorescent protein (GFP)) into cells and monitoring its distribution using confocal microscopy (see, e.g., Groarke et al., J. Biol. Chem.274(33):2326369 (1999)).

Another technology that can be used to evaluate DOR-protein interactions in living cells involves bioluminescence resonance energy transfer (BRET). A detailed discussion regarding BRET can be found in Kroeger et al., J. Biol. Chem., 276(16):1273643 (2001).

Other assays can involve determining the activity of receptors which, when activated by ligand binding, result in a change in the level of intracellular cyclic nucleotides, e.g., cAMP, by activating or inhibiting downstream effectors such as adenylate cyclase. In one embodiment, changes in intracellular cAMP can be measured using immunoassays. The method described in Offermanns & Simon, J. Biol. Chem.270:1517515180 (1995) may be used to determine the level of cAMP. Also, the method described in Felley-Bosco et al., Am. J. Resp. Cell and Mol. Biol.11:159 164 (1994) may be used to determine the level of cGMP. Further, an assay kit for measuring cAMP a is described in U.S. Pat. No.4,115,538, herein incorporated by reference.

In another embodiment, transcription levels can be measured to assess the effects of a test compound on ligand-induced signal transduction. A host cell containing the protein of interest is contacted with a test compound in the presence of the natural ligand for a sufficient time to effect any interactions, and then the level of gene expression is measured. The amount of time to effect such interactions may be empirically determined, such as by running a time course and measuring the level of transcription as a function of time. The amount of transcription may be measured by using any method known to those of skill in the art to be suitable. For example, mRNA expression of the protein of interest may be detected using northern blots or their polypeptide products may be identified using immunoassays.

Alternatively, transcription based assays using reporter genes may be used as described in U.S. Pat. No.5,436,128, herein incorporated by reference. The reporter genes can be, e.g., chloramphenicol acetyltransferase, firefly luciferase, bacterial luciferase, β-galactosidase and alkaline phosphatase. Furthermore, the protein of interest can be used as an indirect reporter via attachment to a second reporter such as green fluorescent protein (see, e.g., Mistili & Spector, Nature Biotechnology 15:961964 (1997)).

The amount of transcription is then compared to the amount of transcription in either the same cell in the absence of the test compound, or it may be compared with the amount of transcription in a substantially identical cell that lacks the protein of interest. A substantially identical cell may be derived from the same cells from which the recombinant cell was prepared but which had not been modified by introduction of heterologous DNA. Any difference in the amount of transcription indicates that the test compound has in some manner altered the activity of the protein of interest.

Additional assays can also be used. For example, the activity of the compound can be measured in a cell based assay. For example a nucleic acid molecule encoding the delta- opioid receptor (Accession NP_000902) can be incoprorated into an expression vector and transfected or transformed into a cell. I some embodiments, the expression vector is a plasmid or virus. In some embodiments, the expression of the nucleic acid molecule is opoerably linked to a promoter. The promoter can be constitutive or respond to a drug or other response element so that the expression can be controlled. The type of expression vector is not critical and any expression vector can be used that is suitable for the cell type. In some embodiments, the plasmid is pCMV-Prolink. In some embodiments, the cell is a mammalian cell. In some embodiments, the cell is a Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO-1) cell. In some embodiments, the cell is an EA-arrestin parental line CHO-1 cell, which is available from from DiscoveRx Corporation (Fremont, CA). The expression of the receptor can be stable so that that stable cell lines can be selected. The selection of stably expressing receptor cell lines can be done to routien methods, such as selecting for expression under G418 (Geneticin). The expression of the receptor can also be transient.

After the receptor is expressed in a cell the cells can be grown in appropriate media in the appropraite cell plate. The cells can be plated, for example at 5000-10000 cells per well in a 384 well plate. In some embodiments, the cells are plated at about 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000, 7000, 8000, 9000, or 10000 cells/per well. The plates can have any nubmer of wells and the number of cells can be modified accordingly.

In some embodiments, to measure cAMP activity that is mediated by the receptor, responses can be determined by measuring changes in intracellular cAMP using. cAMP can be measured by any known method or kit. Examples of a kit that can be used, include but are not limited to, CisBio HTRF cAMP HiRange kit (cat # 62AM6PEJ) based on time-resolved fluorescence resonance energy transfer (TR-FRET). The compounds (e.g. test or control) can be contacted with the cells for a period of time and then cAMP can be measured.

In some embodiments, a compound’s effect on beta-arrestin activity of the receptor is measured. The activity can be measured by any method or kit. For example, the beta- arrestin recruitment or activity was determined using the DiscoveRx beta-arrestin PathHunter Detection kit (cat # 93-0001). In this system, beta-Arrestin is fused to an N-terminal deletion mutant of beta-galactosidase (termed the enzyme acceptor of EA) and the GPCR of interest is fused to a smaller (42 amino acids), weakly complementing fragment termed ProLink™. In cells that stably express these fusion proteins, ligand stimulation results in the interaction of beta-arrestin and the Prolink-tagged GPCR, forcing the complementation of the two beta- galactosidase fragments and resulting in the formation of a functional enzyme that converts substrate to detectable signal. Compounds that enhance this activity will lead to an increase in functional enzyme and an increase in the detectable signal. Compounds that inhibit this activity will decrease the detectable signal. Compounds may also have no effect on the beta- arrestin recruitment.

The present invention also provides the use of one or more compounds described above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds described above, in the treatment of methods of treating pain, including, but not limited to neuropathic pain, migraines (chronic or acute), headaches (e.g., chronic, acute, cluster, and the like) Parkinsons, depression, anxiety, overactive bladder, including, but not limited to, major depressive disorder, treatment resistant depression, anxiety, post traumatic stress disorder, neuropathic pain, including, diabetic peripheral neuropathy, post-herpetic neuralgia, chemotherapy induced neuropathic pain, prevention of chemotherapy-induced neuropathy, prevention of chemotherapy-induced neuropathic pain, trigeminal neuralgia, inflammatory pain, including, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, Rett Syndrome, Autism spectrum disorders, migraine, cluster headaches, acute abortive treatment, prophylaxis of acute intermittent migraine, prophylaxis of chronic migraine, treatment of episodic and chronic cluster headache, prevention of episodic and chronic cluster headache, Charcot-Marie Tooth disease, Traumatic brain injury, fibromyalgia, stroke, acute ischemic syndrome, ischemia/reperfusion injury, substance abuse intervention, and/or treatment of alcohol abuse in a subject or a subject in need thereof, such as those described herein.

Any medicament having utility in an application described herein can be used in co- therapy, co-administration or co-formulation with a composition as described above. Such additional medicaments include, medicines for Parkinsons, such as but not limited to levodopa, carbidopa, Catechol-O-methyl Transferase Inhibitors (e.g. Entacapone or

Tolcapone), dopamine agonists, ropinirole, bromocriptine, pramipexole, Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors (MAOi) (e.g. rasagiline or selegiline), anti-cholinergics (e.g. Benztropine or Trihexyphenidyl), and amantadine. Examples of medicaments for overactive bladder include, but are not limited to, tolterodine (Detrol), oxybutynin (Ditropan), an oxybutynin skin patch (Oxytrol), trospium (Sanctura), solifenacin (Vesicare) and darifenacin (Enablex). Examples of medicaments for the treatment of depression and/or anxiety include, but are not limited to, selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs), such as fluoxetine (Prozac), paroxetine (Paxil), and sertraline (Zoloft); tricyclic and tetracyclic antidepressants, such as doxepin (Sinequan) and nortriptyline (Aventyl, Pamelor); other antidepressants, such as bupropion (Wellbutrin, Wellbutrin SR), mirtazapine (Remeron) and trazodone, and venlafaxine (Effexor, Effexor XR); monoamine oxidase inhibitors (MAOIs), such as isocarboxazid (Marplan), phenelzine sulfate (Nardil), and selegiline (Emsam), Ativan, Celexa, Cymbalta, Klonopin, Lexapro, Luvox CR, Norpramin, Paxil, Remeron, Tofranil, Valium, and Xanax. Examples of pain medicaments include, but are not limited to non-steroidal anti- inflammaotry agents, opioids, non-narcotic analgesics, topical analgesics, topical anesthetics. Examples of suitable non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents include, but are not limited to, prostaglandin H synthetase inhibitors (Cos I or Cox II), also referred to as cyclooxygenase type I and type II inhibitors, such as diclofenac, flurbiprofen, ketorolac, suprofen, nepafenac, amfenac, indomethacin, naproxen, ibuprofen, bromfenac, ketoprofen, meclofenamate, piroxicam, sulindac, mefanamic acid, diflusinal, oxaprozin, tolmetin, fenoprofen, benoxaprofen, nabumetome, etodolac, phenylbutazone, aspirin, oxyphenbutazone, tenoxicam and carprofen; cyclooxygenase type II selective inhibitors, such as vioxx, celecoxib, etodolac; PAF antagonists, such as apafant, bepafant, minopafant, nupafant and modipafant; PDE II inhibitors, such as ariflo, torbafylline, rolipram, filaminast, piclamilast, cipamfylline, and roflumilast; inhibitors of cytokine production, such as inhibitors of the NFkB

transcription factor; or other anti-inflammatory agents know to those skilled in the art. Other examples of pain medicaments include, but are not limited to, acetaminophen,

buprenorphine, butorphanol, codeine, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, levorphanol, meperidine, methadone, morphine, nalbuphine, oxycodone, oxymorphone, pentazocine, propoxyphene, tramadol, butalbital, capsaicin, benzocaine, dibucaine, prilocaine and lidocaine.

The additional medicament can be administered in co-therapy (including co- formulation) with the one or more of the compounds described herein.

In some embodiments, the response of the disease or disorder to the treatment is monitored and the treatment regimen is adjusted if necessary in light of such monitoring.

Frequency of administration is typically such that the dosing interval, for example, the period of time between one dose and the next, during waking hours is from about 2 to about 12 hours, from about 3 to about 8 hours, or from about 4 to about 6 hours. It will be understood by those of skill in the art that an appropriate dosing interval is dependent to some degree on the length of time for which the selected composition is capable of maintaining a concentration of the compound(s) in the subject and/or in the target tissue (e.g., above the EC ₅₀ (the minimum concentration of the compound which modulates the receptor’s activity by 90%). Ideally the concentration remains above the EC ₅₀ for at least 100% of the dosing interval. Where this is not achievable it is desired that the concentration should remain above the EC ₅₀ for at least about 60% of the dosing interval, or should remain above the EC ₅₀ for at least about 40% of the dosing interval. The present disclosure also provides the following non-limiting embodiments: 1. A compound having Formula I, I-1, I-a, I-a1 or I-b, Ib-1, or Ib-2

Ib-2

or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

Z is C, S, N, S(O) ₂ or O;

R ₃₅ is a protecting group, H, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl, -R ₆₃ R ₆₄ , optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl, optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl, optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ haloalkenyl– (CH ₂ ) _n R ₆₅ , optionally substituted heterocycle, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ ester, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy, optionally substituted pyrrolinyl, optionally substituted morpholinyl, , optionally substituted C ₃ -C ₆ cyclic ether, or optionally substituted piperidyl;

R ₃₆ is null, H, halo, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl, -SO ₂ C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, -OCF ₃ , optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, or -OR ₇₅ ; wherein R ₇₅ is H or optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R ₃₇ is, null, H, halo, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl, -SO ₂ C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, -OCF ₃ , optionally substituted sulfonamide, optionally substituted cyclic sulfonamide, or -(CH ₂ ) _q -R ₃₈ , - =O)R ₃₈ , or

-

R ₃₈ is H, C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, halo, C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl, alkyl,–OR ₆₆ , S(O) ₂ R _67, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, -(CH ₂ ) _p R ₆₅ , or optionally substituted heterocycle;

or R ₃₇ is-(CH ₂ ) _q -R ₃₈ or R ₃₆ and R ₃₇ form a heterocycle that is fused to the phenyl ring; R ₄₁ is absent, H, or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl provided that when Z is S, O or S(O) ₂ , R ₄₁ is absent; or when Z is C, the bond connecting Z to the adjacent carbon is a double bond and R ₄₁ is H,

wherein,

R ₃₉ is H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R ₄₀ is H, C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, halo, or alkoxy;

R ₄₂ is absent, H, C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, a member of a carbocyle that includes the atom to which it is attached, =O;

X _a is C or O, provided that when X _a is O, R ₄₂ is absent;

X _b is S or O;

X _c is C or N;

wherein: R ₄₄ is H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl; R ₄₅ is H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl; and R ₄₆ is H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl; R ₄₇ is H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R ₄₈ is H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

each R ₄₉ is, independently, H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R ₅₀ is H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R ₅₁ is H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R ₅₂ is H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl; R ₅₃ is H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R ₅₅ is H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R ₅₆ is H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R ₅₇ is H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R ₅₈ is absent or H;

R ₅₉ is H or OH;

R ₆₀ is H or N(R ₅₄ ) ₂ ;

each R ₅₄ is, independently, H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R ₆₁ is H, C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl, gem-dimethyl, cyclopropyl spirocycle, or CF ₃ ;

R ₆₂ is absent, H, or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

each R ₆₃ and R ₆₄ are, independently, H, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl, optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl,–(CH ₂ ) _v R ₆₅ , optionally substituted cycloalkyl, -OH, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted pyrrolinyl, optionally substituted morpholinyl, or optionally substituted piperidyl; or R ₆₃ and R ₆₄ together form a 5-10 membered optionally substituted heterocycle or a 5-10 membered optionally substituted heteroaryl with the atom to which R ₆₃ and R ₆₄ are bonded to;

each R ₆₅ is, independently, H, -C(=O)R _65A , optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl, optionally substituted nitrogen, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycle, -OH, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted pyrrolinyl, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted pyrrolidinyl, optionally substituted imidazolidinyl, optionally substituted morpholinyl, or optionally substituted piperidyl;

R _65A is phenyl or C ₁ -C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl;

R ₆₆ is H, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl, -NR ₆₃ R ₆₄ , optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl, optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl,–(CH ₂ ) _w R ₆₅ , optionally substituted cycloalkyl, -OH, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted pyrrolinyl, optionally substituted morpholinyl, or optionally substituted piperidyl;

R ₆₇ is optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl; R _81a and R _82a are each independently H or optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R _81b is H or optionally substituted branched or unbranched C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

z is 1 or 2,

each n, p, v, w, and q is, independently, an integer from 0-6. 2. The compound of embodiment 1, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, having

3. The compound of embodiment 1, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, having Formula VI:

4. The compound of embodiment 1, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, having

5. The compound of embodiment any one of embodiments 1-4, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein z is 1. 6. The compound of any one of embodiments embodiment 1-5, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R ₆₁ is methyl. 7. The compound of embodiments 1-5, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R ₆₁ is gem-dimethyl. 8. The compound of any one of embodiments 1-7, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherien Z is O. 9. The compound of any one of embodiments 1-8, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Z is S(O) ₂ . 10. The compound of any one of embodiments 1-9, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R ₄₁ is absent. 11. The compound of any one of embodiments 1-10, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R ₃₇ is alkoxy, halo, optionally substituted sulfonamide, optionally substituted cyclic sulfonamide. 12. The compound of any one of embodiment 1-10, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R ₃₆ and R ₃₇ form a heterocycle that is fused to the phenyl ring. 13. The compound of embodiment 12, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the fused ring structure is an optionally substituted benzofuran or benzopyran. 14. The compound of embodiment 12, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,

wherein the fused ring has a formula of: ,

15. The compound of any one of embodiments 1-10, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R ₃₇ is absent. 16. The compound of any one of embodiments 1-15, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein q is 0. 17. The compound, of any one of embodiments 1-15, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein q is 1-4. 18. The compound of any one of embodiments 1-17, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R ₃₈ is absent or H. 19. The compound of any one of embodiments 1-17, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R ₃₈ is C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl. 20. The compound of any one of embodiments 1-17, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R ₃₈ is -C(=O)C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl. 21. The compound of any one of emb alt

thereof, wherein R ₃₈ is -OR ₆₆ , -S(O) ₂ R _67,

-(CH ₂ ) _p R ₆₅ , or optionally substituted heterocycle. 22. The compound of any one of embodiments 1-21, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt

thereof, wherein R ₃₄ is 23. The compound of any one of embodiments 1-21, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt

thereof, wherein R ₃₄ is 24. The compound of any one of embodiments 1-23, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt

thereof, wherein R ₃₄ is 25. The compound of any one of embodiments 1-24, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R ₆₁ is H, C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl, gem-dimethyl, cyclopropyl spirocycle, or CF ₃ . 26. The compound of any one of embodiments 1-25, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R ₃₅ is optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl,–CH ₂ R ₇₆ or–CH ₂ CH ₂ R ₇₆ , wherein R ₇₆ is optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted ketone, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl, optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ haloalkenyl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl. 27. The compound of embodiment 26, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R ₇₆ is cyclopropyl. 28. The compound of embodiment 26, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R ₇₆ is diflourocyclopropyl. 29. The compound of embodiment 26, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R ₇₆ is 2,2-diflourocyclopropyl.

30. The compound of embodiment 26, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R ₇₆ is–CH=CF ₂ . 31. The compound of any one of embodiments 1-30, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of a compound illustrated in Figure 1 and/or described herein. 32. A compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of a compound described herein, including, but not limited to those in Figure 1. 33. A compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, selected from the group c 194, B1205, B1211,

, , , , and

.

34. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of any one of embodiments 1-33.

35. A method of treating or preventing pain, neuropathic pain, migraine, headache, depression, Parkinson’s disease, anxiety, overactive bladder, medication overuse headache, hyperalgesia, decreasing nociceptive sensitization, pain in an opioid exposed subject, PTSD, or other disorder or condition described herein in a subject comprising administering to the subject one or more compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of any of embodiments 1-33 or a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of any one of embodiments 1-33.

36. The method of embodiment 35, wherein the subject is a subject in need thereof. 37. A method of preparing a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, the method comprising preparing a compound according to one of the schemes described herein. 38. A compound having Formula I00, Formula I00A, Formula I00B, or Formula I00C, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:

I00A

I00C

wherein:

R ₁₀₀ , R _200, and R ₁₄₀₀ are each, independently, H, cyano, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy, optionally substituted C ₁ - C ₆ haloalkyl, optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl, optionally substituted pyrimidine, optionally substituted pyridyl, optionally substituted pyrazole, optionally substituted isoxazole, optionally substituted pyridinone, optionally substituted aryl, halo,-NC(=O)R ₃₀₀ , -

R ₁₅₀₀ is a protecting group, absent, or C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl, wherein R81 _b is H or optionally substituted branched or unbranched C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

when R ₁₅₀₀ is absent, R ₆₀₀ is H, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted C ₁ - C ₆ haloalkyl, -NR ₇₀₀ R ₈₀₀ , optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl, optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl,–(CH ₂ ) _n R ₅₀₀ , optionally substituted cycloalkyl, -OH, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkoxy, optionally substituted pyrrolinyl, optionally substituted morpholinyl, or optionally substituted piperldyl;

when R ₁₅₀₀ is C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl, R ₆₀₀ is C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl;

R ₃₀₀ , R ₄₀₀ , and R ₁₂₀₀ are each, independently, H, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl, -NR ₇₀₀ R ₈₀₀ , optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl, optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl,–(CH ₂ ) _n R ₅₀₀ , optionally substituted cycloalkyl, -OH, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted pyrrolinyl, optionally substituted morpholinyl, or optionally substituted piperldyl; or R ₃₀₀ and R ₄₀₀ together form a 5-10 membered optionally substituted heterocycle or 5-10 membered optionally substituted heteroaryl with the atom to which R ₃₀₀ and R ₄₀₀ are bonded;

each R ₅₀₀ is, independently, H, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl, -NR ₇₀₀ R ₈₀₀ , optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycle, -OH, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted pyrrolinyl, optionally substituted morpholinyl, or optionally substituted piperldyl;

R ₇₀₀ and R ₈₀₀ are, each, independently, H, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl, optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl,–(CH ₂ ) _n R ₅₀₀ , optionally substituted cycloalkyl, -OH, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted pyrrolinyl, optionally substituted morpholinyl, or optionally substituted piperldyl; or R ₇₀₀ and R ₈₀₀ together form a 5-10 membered optionally substituted heterocycle or 5-10 membered optionally substituted heteroaryl with the atom to which R ₇₀₀ and R ₈₀₀ are bonded to, R ₉₀₀ is absent, H, haloalkyl,–OR ₃ , or optionally substituted cycloalkyl, -(CH ₂ ) _p R ₅₀₀ , or optionally substituted heterocycle;

R ₁₁₀₀ is H, -SO ₂ C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, -OCF ₃ , halo, or optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R ₁₃₀₀ is a bond, C, N, S, or O;

R ₁₄₀₀ is an optionally substituted pyridinone or optionally substituted–CH2- pyridinone;

each n, p, and y is independently, an integer from 0-72;

each R ^a00 , R ^b00 , R ^c00

, R ^d00 , R ^h00 , and R ⁱ⁰⁰ , is, independently, C, N, or O,

each R ^e00 , R ^f00 , and R ^g00 , is, independently, C, N, S, O, or absent; and

each Z ₁₀₀ , Z ₂₀₀ , and Z ₃₀₀ , is, independently, a bond, C(=O), C, N, S, or O, provided that the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable thereof is not

H

39. The compound of embodiment 38 or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof having Formula I00D or Formula I00E:

wherein:

R ₁₀₀ , R ₂₀₀ , R ₆₀₀ , R ₉₀₀ , and R ₁₅₀₀ are as defined in embodiment 67;

R ^a00 , R ^b00 , R ^c00 , R ^d00 , R ^h00 , and R ⁱ⁰⁰ are C;

R ₁₁₀₀ is H;

R ₁₃₀₀ and Z ₁₀₀ is O;

Z ₂₀₀ is C;

Z ₃₀₀ is a bond;

and y=2.

40. The compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 38 or 39, wherein R ₁₀₀ is–C(=O)NR ₃₀₀ R ₄₀₀ . 41. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 38-40, wherein each of R ₃₀₀ and R ₄₀₀ is, independently, H, halo, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl, or optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl.

42. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiments 38 or 39, wherein R ₁₀₀ is H, halo, -C(=O)NH ₂ , -C(=O)NHCH ₃ , -C(=O)N(CH ₃ ) ₆₈ -COOH, - C(=O)OCH ₃ , cyano, S(=O) ₂ NH ₂ , optionally substituted alkoxy, -OCF ₃ , CF ₃ , -NC(=O)CH ₃ ,

43. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 38, 39, or 42, wherein R ₁₀₀ and R ₂₀₀ is each, independently, H, halo, or optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl.

44. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 43, wherein R ₁₀₀ and R ₂₀₀ are independently halo.

45. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 43, wherein the optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ haloalkyl is trifluoromethyl.

46. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 43, wherein R ₁₀₀ is fluoro and R ₂₀₀ is trifluoromethyl.

47. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 38-46, wherein R ₁₀₀ and R ₂₀₀ are attached to different ring atoms.

48. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 38 or 39, wherein R ₂₀₀ is H.

49. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 38 or 39, wherein:

R ₆₀₀ is H, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, or–C(=O)OR ₃ ; and

R ₃₀₀ is an optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl.

50. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiments 38 or 39, wherein:

R ₁₀₀ is -C(=O)NH ₂ and R ₆₀₀ is H or optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl; or

R ₁₀₀ is - wherein R ₃₀₀ is H and R ₄₀₀ is optionally substituted branched or unbranched C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl or optionally substituted branched or unbranched C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl and R ₆₀₀ is H or optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl; or R ₁₀₀ is - wherein R ₃₀₀ and R ₄₀₀ are each, independently, optionally substituted branched or unbranched C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, and R ₆₀₀ is H, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, or optionally substituted alkaryl.

51. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 38 or 39, wherein R ₁₀₀ is - wherein:

R ₃₀₀ and R ₄₀₀ are H;

R ₃₀₀ is H and R ₄₀₀ is optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ unbranched or branched alkyl; or R ₃₀₀ is H and R ₄₀₀ is optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ unbranched or branched alkenyl; or R ₃₀₀ is H and R ₄₀₀ is optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ cycloalkyl; or

R ₃₀₀ is H and R ₄₀₀ is–(CH ₂ ) _n R ₅₀₀ ; wherein n is 1-6 and R ₅₀₀ is an optionally substituted cycloalkyl; or

R ₃₀₀ is H and R ₄₀₀ is–(CH ₂ ) _n R ₅₀₀ , wherein n is 1-6 and R ₅₀₀ is an optionally substituted alkoxy; or

R ₃₀₀ and R ₄₀₀ are each, independently, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl.

52. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 38 or 39, wherein R ₁₀₀ is wherein R ₃₀₀ and R ₄₀₀ together form a 5-10 membered optionally substituted heterocycle or 5-10 membered optionally substituted heteroaryl with the atom to which R ₃₀₀ and R ₄₀₀ are bonded.

53. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 38, wherein R ^b00 is N.

54. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 38, wherein R ^a00 is N.

55. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 38, wherein R ^c00 is N.

56. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 38, wherein R ^d00 is N.

57. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 53-55 wherein R ₁₁₀₀ is H, R ₁₃₀₀ is O, R ⁱ⁰⁰ is C, Z ₁₀₀ is O, Z ₂₀₀ is C, Z ₃₀₀ is a bond, and y=2.

58. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 53-58, wherein R ₁₀₀ , R ₂₀₀ , and R ₆₀₀ are each H and Z is O.

59. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 53-58, wherein R ₁₀₀ is =O and R ₂₀₀ is H. 60. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 38 or 39, wherein

R ₆₀₀ is H, C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, or–C(=O)OR ₃ , wherein R ₃₀₀ is an optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ branched or unbranched alkyl.

61. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 60, wherein R ₃₀₀ is

62. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 38-61, wherein

R ₆₀₀ is H, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl, - OR ₃ , or (CH ₂ ) _n -aryl,

n is an integer from 0-2;

R ₁₁₀₀ is H or halo;

R ₁₃₀₀ is O;

R ⁱ⁰⁰ is C;

y=2; and

optionally R ₁₅₀₀ is optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl when R ₆₀₀ is optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl.

63. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 38-62, wherein R ₁₁₀₀ is fluoro.

64. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 38-42, 48, 49, 53-57, or 60-63, wherein R ₁₀₀ is–C(=O)NH ₂ .

65. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments embodiment 38, 39, 42, or 53-57, wherein R ₁₀₀ is cyano.

66. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 38 wherein:

R ^a00 , R ^b00 , R ^c00 , R ^d00 , R ^h00 , and R ⁱ⁰⁰ are C;

Z ₁₀₀ is O, Z ₂₀₀ is C, Z ₃₀₀ is a bond;

y=0; R ₉₀₀ is branched or unbranched optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, or optionally substituted heterocycle; and

R ₁₃₀₀ is O.

67. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 66, wherein R ₆₀₀ is H or optionally substituted branched or unbranched C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl.

68. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 66 or 67,

69. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 66-68, wherein R ₁₀₀ is or cyano.

70. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 66-69, wherein R ₂₀₀ is H.

71. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 66-70, wherein R ₁₁₀₀ is H.

72. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 38, wherein:

one of R ^a00 , R ^b00 , R ^c00 , and R ^d00 is N;

Z ₁₀₀ is a bond or O;

Z ₂₀₀ is C, Z ₃₀₀ is a bond, and y=0;

R ^h00 and R ⁱ⁰⁰ are C;

R ₂₀₀ is H;

R ₆₀₀ is H, C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, or C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl;

R ₉₀₀ is C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, haloalkyl, or cycloalkyl;

R ₁₁₀₀ is H; and

R ₁₃₀₀ is O.

73. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 72, wherein Z ₁₀₀ is a bond and R ₁₀₀ is =O.

74. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 72, wherein R ₄₀₀ is H.

75. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 72 or 74, wherein R ^d00 is N and R ₁₀₀ is =O. 76. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 38, wherein:

R ^a00 , R ^b00 , R ^c00 , and R ^d00 are C;

R ^h00 and R ⁱ⁰⁰ are C;

Z ₁₀₀ is O, Z ₂₀₀ is C, Z ₃₀₀ is a bond;

R ₁₁₀₀ is halo or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

y=0;

R ₉₀₀ is H, haloalkyl or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl;

R ₁₃₀₀ is O;

R ₆₀₀ is H, C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, or C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl;

R ₂₀₀ is H.

77. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 76, wherein R ₁₀₀ is H, cyano or

78. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 77 having Formula I00E:

I00E

wherein

R ₁₀₀ , R ₂₀₀ . R ₆₀₀ . and R ₉₀₀ are as defined in embodiment 77;

R ^a00 , R ^b00 , R ^c00 , R ^d00 , R ^h00 and R ⁱ⁰⁰ are C;

R ₁₃₀₀ is O;

Z ₁₀₀ is O, Z ₂₀₀ is C, Z ₃₀₀ is a bond; and y=0.

79. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 78, wherein R ₉₀₀ is H, haloalkyl, or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl.

80. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 68 or 79, wherein R ₂₀₀ is H.

81. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 78-80, wherein R ₁₁₀₀ is H.

82. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 78-81, wherein R ₆₀₀ is H, C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, or C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl.

84. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 78-82, wherein R ₁₀₀ is H, cyano, or

85. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 78-83, wherein R ₉₀₀ is H or C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl.

86. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of Formula I00A of embodiment 38, wherein

R ^a00 , R ^b00 , R ^c00 , R ^d00 , R ^e00 , and R ⁱ⁰⁰ are C,

R ^g00 is C or O;

R ^f00 is absent;

R ₁₃₀₀ is O; and

Z ₁₀₀ is O, Z ₂₀₀ is C, and Z ₃₀₀ is a bond.

87. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 86, wherein R ₂₀₀ is H.

88. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 86 or 87, wherein R ₁₁₀₀ is H.

89. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 86-88, wherein R ₆₀₀ is H, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl or optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl.

90. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 84-88, wherein R ₁₀₀ is H, cyano,

r C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl.

91. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 84-89, wherein R ^g00 is O. 92. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 38, wherein y=1.

93. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 92, wherein R ₉₀₀ is an optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl or optionally substituted cycloalkyl. 94. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 92 or 93, wherein R ^a00 , R ^b00 , R ^c00 , R ^d00 , R ^h00 , and R ⁱ⁰⁰ are C.

95. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any of one of embodiments 91-94, wherein R ₁₃₀₀ is O.

96. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any of one of embodiments 91-95, wherein Z ₁₀₀ is O, Z ₂₀₀ is C, and Z ₃₀₀ is a bond.

97. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 91-96, wherein R ₂₀₀ and R ₁₁₀₀ are H.

98. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 91-97, wherein R ₁₀₀ is

99. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 91-98, wherein R ₆₀₀ is H or optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl.

100. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 38, wherein R ^h00 is N.

101. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 100, wherein R ^a00 , R ^b00 , R ^c00 , R ^d00 , R ⁱ⁰⁰ are C.

102. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 100 or 101, wherein R ₂₀₀ is H.

103. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 100-102, wherein R ₁₃₀₀ is O.

104. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 100-103, wherein Z ₁₀₀ is O, Z ₂₀₀ is C, and Z ₃₀₀ is a bond.

105. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 100-104, wherein R ₁₁₀₀ is H.

106. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 100-105, wherein R ₆₀₀ is optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, or H.

107. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 100-106, wherein R ₁₀₀ is H or -C(=O)NR ₃₀₀ R ₄₀₀ . 108. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 38, wherein R ₁₁₀₀ is H or halo.

109. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 108, wherein R ^a00 , R ^b00 , R ^c00 , R ^d00 , and R ⁱ⁰⁰ are C.

110. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 108 or 109, wherein Z ₁₀₀ is O, Z ₂₀₀ is C, Z ₃₀₀ is a bond.

111. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 108-110, wherein R ₁₃₀₀ is a bond or C.

112. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 108 -111, wherein y=1.

113. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments

108 -112, wherein R ₉₀₀ is H.

114. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of

embodiments 108-113, wherein R ₆₀₀ is H, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, or optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl.

115. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of

embodiments 108-114, wherein R ₂₀₀ is H.

116. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of

embodiments 108-115, wherein R ₁₀₀ is H, or cyano.

117. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 108, wherein y=0, R ₁₃₀₀ is a bond and R ₉₀₀ is H.

118. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 108, having Formula 00X:

wherein

R ₁₀₀ , R ₂₀₀ . R ₆₀₀ . and R ₉₀₀ are as defined above;

Z ₁₀₀ is O, Z ₂₀₀ is C, Z ₃₀₀ is a bond;

R ^a00 , R ^b00 , R ^c00

, R ^d00 , R ^h00 , and R ⁱ⁰⁰ are C;

R ₂₀₀ is H;

R ₁₁₀₀ is halo;

R ₁₃₀₀ is O;

y=0-72; and

R ₉₀₀ is C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl.

119. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 118, wherein R ₆₀₀ is H, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, or optionally substituted C ₂ -C ₆ alkenyl.

120. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 118 or 119, wherein R ₁₀₀ is H, cyano, or

121. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 38, wherein Z ₁₀₀ is O, Z ₂₀₀ and Z ₃₀₀ is C.

122. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 121, wherein R ⁱ⁰⁰ is C.

123. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any of embodiment 121 or 122, wherein R ₂₀₀ and/or R ₁₁₀₀ are H.

124. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of

embodiments 121-123, wherein R ₆₀₀ is H. 125. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 121-124, wherein R ₁₀₀ is H, halo, cyano, -C(=O)OR ₃ , or -

126. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 121-125, wherein:

R ₁₃₀₀ is O;

and y is 0-72.

127. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 38, wherein:

Z ₁₀₀ is S or O;

Z ₃₀₀ is absent;

Z ₂₀₀ is C;

R ₂₀₀ and/or R ₁₁₀₀ are H;

R ⁱ⁰⁰ is C;

R ₁₃₀₀ is O;

and y=0-72.

128. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 127, wherein R ^a00 , R ^b00 , R ^c00 , R ^d00 , R ^h00 , and R ⁱ⁰⁰ are C.

129. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 127 or 128, wherein R ₆₀₀ is H or–C(=O)OR ₃ .

130. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 127-129, wherein R ₁₀₀ is H or

131. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 38, wherein:

R ⁱ⁰⁰ is N;

R ₂₀₀ and/or R ₁₁₀₀ are H;

Z ₃₀₀ is a bond or C;

Z ₁₀₀ is N or O; and

Z ₂₀₀ is C or C(=O).

132. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 131, wherein R ^a00 , R ^b00 , R ^c00 , R ^d00 , R ^h00 are C. 133. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 131 or 132, wherein R ₁₃₀₀ is O.

134. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 131-133, wherein R ₉₀₀ is H and y=0-72.

135. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 131-134, wherein R ₁₀₀ is halo, H, cyano, or -OR ₃ .

136. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 131-135, wherein R ₆₀₀ is H, optionally substituted C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, or -(CH ₂ ) _p -aryl, wherein p is an integer from 0-2.

137. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 131-136, wherein Z ₂₀₀ is C(=O), Z ₁₀₀ is N, and Z ₃₀₀ is C.

138. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 38, wherein:

Z ₂₀₀ is C(=O) or C;

Z ₁₀₀ is N or O; and

Z ₃₀₀ is C or absent.

139. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 138, wherein R ^a00 , R ^b00 , R ^c00 , R ^d00 , and R ^h00 are C.

140. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 138-139, wherein R ₂₀₀ is H.

141. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 138-140, wherein R ₁₀₀ is H, halo, cyano, or

142. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 138-141, wherein R ₁₁₀₀ is H.

143. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 138-142, wherein

R ₁₃₀₀ is O; and

144. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 138-143, wherein R ₆₀₀ is H, C ₁ -C ₆ alkyl, or -(CH ₂ ) _p R ₅₀₀ .

145. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 138-144, wherein:

Z ₁₀₀ is O; Z ₃₀₀ is absent; and

Z ₂₀₀ is C.

146. The compound or salt there of any one of embodiments 138-145, having Formula I00B.

147. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of Formula I00C of embodiment 38, wherein Z ₁₀₀ is C or O and R ₁₄₀₀ is a pyridinone or optionally substituted - CH2-pyridinone.

148. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 147, wherein R ₆₀₀ is H.

149. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of embodiment 147 or 148, wherein R ⁱ⁰⁰ and R ^h00 are C.

150. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 147-149, wherein R ₁₃₀₀ is O.

151. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 147-150, wherein y is an integer from 1-4.

152. The compound of embodiment 38, wherein the compound is chosen from a compound of Figure 1.

153. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of embodiments 38-152.

154. A method of treating pain, neuropathic pain, migraine, headache, depression, Parkinson’s disease, anxiety, overactive bladder, medication overuse headache, hyperalgesia, decreasing nociceptive sensitization, pain in an opioid exposed subject, PTSD, or other disorder or condition described herein in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal one or more compounds, or a salt thereof, of any of embodiments 38-152 or a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds, or salt thereof, of any one of embodiments 38-152.

155. The method of embodiment 154, wherein the mammal is a mammal in need thereof. 156. A method of treating hyperalgesia in a subject comprising administering to the subject comprising administering to the mammal one or more compounds, or a salt thereof, of any of embodiments 38-152 or a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds, or salt thereof, of any one of embodiments 38-152.

157. The method of embodiment 156, wherein the hyperalgesia is opioid induced hyperalgesia. 158. The method of embodiment 157, wherein the opioid induced hyperalgesia is morphine, oxycodone, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, fentanyl, meperidine, alfentanil, remifentanil, sufentanil, etorphine, buprenorphine, methadone, and/or heroin induced hyperalgesia.

159. The method of embodiment 156, wherein the subject has been administered an opioid prior to being administered the one or more compounds, or a salt thereof, of the

pharmaceutical composition comprising the one or more compounds, or salt thereof.

160. A method of decreasing nociceptive sensitization in a subject comprising

administering to the subject one or more compounds, or a salt thereof, of any of embodiments 38-152 or a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds, or salt thereof, of any one of embodiments 38-152.

161. The method of embodiment 160, wherein the subject has opioid induced nociceptive sensitization.

162. The method of embodiment 161, wherein the opioid induced nociceptive sensitization is morphine, oxycodone, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, fentanyl, meperidine, alfentanil, remifentanil, sufentanil, etorphine, buprenorphine, methadone, and/or heroin, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, induced nociceptive sensitization.

163. A method of treating pain in a subject comprising:

administering an opioid agonist to the subject until the opioid increases nociceptive sensitization in the subject; and

administering to the subject one or more compounds, or a salt thereof, of any of embodiments 38-152 or a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds, or salt thereof, of any one of embodiments 38-152.

164. The method of embodiment 163, wherein the opioid agonist is morphine, oxycodone, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, fentanyl, meperidine, alfentanil, remifentanil, sufentanil, etorphine, buprenorphine, methadone, and/or heroin, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

165. A method of treating pain in an opioid exposed subject comprising:

a) administering an opioid agonist to the subject;

b) administering to the subject of step a), in the absence of the opioid

administered in step a), one or more compounds, or a salt thereof, of any of embodiments 38- 152 or a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds, or salt thereof, of any one of embodiments 38-152. 166. The method of embodiment 165, wherein the opioid is morphine, oxycodone, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, fentanyl, meperidine, alfentanil, remifentanil, sufentanil, etorphine, buprenorphine, methadone, and/or heroin, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

167. A method of treating medication overuse headache in a subject comprising administering to the subject one or more compounds, or a salt thereof, of any of embodiments 38-152 or a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds, or salt thereof, of any one of embodiments 38-152.

168. The method of embodiment 167, wherein the medication overuse headache is caused by acetaminophen, aspirin, a mu-opioid agonist, a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID), or a triptan.

169. The method of embodiment 168, wherein the triptan is sumatriptan, rizatriptan, naratriptan, zolmitriptan, eletriptan, almotriptan, frovatriptan, avitriptan, or donitriptan, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

170. The method of embodiment 168, wherein the mu-opioid agonist is morphine, oxycodone, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, fentanyl, meperidine, alfentanil, remifentanil, sufentanil, etorphine, buprenorphine, methadone, or heroin, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

171. A method of treating a migraine in a subject, the method comprising:

administering a triptan to a subject; and

administering to the subject one or more compounds, or a salt thereof, of any of embodiments 38-152 or a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds, or salt thereof, of any one of embodiments 38-152. 172. The method of embodiment 171, wherein the one or more compounds, or a salt thereof, of any of embodiments 38-152 or the pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds, or salt thereof, of any one of embodiments 38-152 is administered in the absence of the triptan. 173. The method of embodiment 171, wherein the triptan is sumatriptan, rizatriptan, naratriptan, zolmitriptan, eletriptan, almotriptan, frovatriptan, avitriptan, or donitriptan, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 174. The method of embodiment 171, wheren the subject develops mediation overuse headache prior to being administered the one or more compounds, or a salt thereof, of any of embodiments 38-152 or the pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds, or salt thereof, of any one of embodiments 38-152.

175. The method of any one of embodiments 154-174, wherein the compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is selected from the group consisting of: B1049, B0704, B0707, B0720, B0876, B1079, B1145, B1194, B1205, B1211, B1365, B1401, or the pharmaceutical composition comprises a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is selected from the group consisting of: B1049, B0704, B0707, B0720, B0876, B1079, B1145, B1194, B1205, B1211, B1365, B1401.

In order that the embodiments disclosed herein may be more efficiently understood, examples are provided below. It should be understood that these examples are for illustrative purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting the embodiments in any manner.

Throughout these examples, there may be molecular cloning reactions, and other standard recombinant DNA techniques described and these were carried out according to methods described in Maniatis et al., Molecular Cloning - A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed., Cold Spring Harbor Press (1989), using commercially available reagents, except where otherwise noted. Examples

Example 1

Example 1:

General Procedures A1: Preparation of 3,4-Piperidine N-H Analogs Scheme 1

Scheme 2

Preparation of (+)-6-{[trans-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)piperidin-3-yl]methoxy}isoi ndolin-1- one [(+)B0515] and (–)-6-{[trans-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)piperidin-3- yl]methoxy}isoindolin-1-one [(-)B0523] (Scheme 1) 1-tert-Butyl 3-Ethyl 4-(Trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)-5,6-dihydropyridine-1,3(2H)- dicarboxylate (2) Trifluoromethanesulfonic anyhydride (33.3 mL, 203 mmol) was added portion-wise to a mixture of commercially available (+/-)-1-tert-butyl 3-ethyl 4-oxopiperidine-1,3- dicarboxylate [(+/-)1, 50.0 g, 184 mmol] and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (48.3 mL, 277 mmol) in anhydrous toluene (922 mL) at 0 ºC under nitrogen, at a rate which kept the internal reaction temperature below 40 ºC. The mixture was stirred at 0 ºC for 2 h after which it was warmed to room temperature and the solids were removed by filtration. The filtrate solvents were removed under reduced pressure to provide crude 2 as a brown oil that was used in the next step without purification (74 g, 99%). The ¹ H NMR spectral data were consistent with the literature (III. I. Elitzin, et al. Org. Process Res. Dev.2010, 14, 912–917). 1-tert-Butyl 3-Ethyl 4-Phenyl-5,6-dihydropyridine-1,3(2H)-dicarboxylate (3)

Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (4.2 g, 3.7 mmol) was added to a degassed mixture of crude 1-tert-butyl 3-ethyl 4-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)-5,6-dihydropyridine-1,3(2H)- dicarboxylate (2, 74 g, 184 mmol), 4-methoxyphenylboronic acid (36.0 g, 239 mmol) and potassium phosphate (48 g, 276 mmol) in anhydrous THF (915 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen, after which the mixture was heated to 70 ºC and stirred for 12 h. The cooled mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (200 mL) and the solids were removed by filtration through a pad of Celite. The filtrate solvents were removed under reduced pressure to half- volume (about 600 mL) and then washed with water (200 mL) and brine (200 mL). The solvents were removed under reduced pressure and the crude product was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (9:1), to afford 3 as a yellow solid that was suitable for use without further purification (63 g, 95%): LCMS (M+H) 362. (+/-)-cis-1-tert-Butyl 3-Ethyl 4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)piperidine-1,3-dicarboxylate [(+/-)4] A mixture of 1-tert-butyl 3-ethyl 4-phenyl-5,6-dihydropyridine-1,3(2H)-dicarboxylate (3, 60.0 g, 166 mmol) and 10% palladium on carbon (50% wet, 6.0 g) in anhydrous ethanol (60 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen was exchanged for a hydrogen atmosphere (balloon) after which the mixture stirred for 48 h. The atmosphere was exchanged for nitrogen, the mixture was diluted with methylene chloride (150 mL) and the solids were removed by filtration under reduced pressure through a plug of Celite, eluting with methylene chloride (150 mL). The organic extract solvents were removed under reduced pressure to provide (+/- )4 as an off-white solid (56.6 g, 94%): LCMS (M+H) 364. (+/-)-trans-1-tert-Butyl 3-Ethyl 4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)piperidine-1,3-dicarboxylate [(+/- )5]

Sodium ethoxide (36 mL, 21 weight % solution in ethanol) was added to a solution of (+/-)- cis-1-tert-butyl 3-ethyl 4-(4-methoxyphenyl)piperidine-1,3-dicarboxylate [(+/-)4, 10.0 g, 27.5 mmol] in anhydrous ethanol (150 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen, after which the mixture was heated to 50 ºC and stirred for 12 h. The cooled mixture was treated with saturated ammonium chloride solution (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine solution (100 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The solvents were removed under reduced pressure to afford (+/- )5 as a yellow oil that was suitable for use without further purification (9.8 g, 98%): LCMS (M+H) 364. (+/-)-trans-tert-Butyl 3-(Hydroxymethyl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-piperidine-1-carboxyla te [(+/-)6]

Lithium aluminum hydride (41.2 mL, 41.2 mmol, 1 M in tetrahydrofuran) was added dropwise to a solution of (+/-)-trans-1-tert-butyl 3-ethyl 4-(4-methoxyphenyl)piperidine-1,3- dicarboxylate [(+/-)5, 11.2 g, 27.5 mmol] in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (225 mL) at -20 ºC under nitrogen, after which the mixture was warmed to 0 ºC. The mixture was stirred for 4 h and then slowly warmed to room temperature, stirring for a total of 12 h. The mixture was cooled to 0 ºC and slowly treated with water (2 mL) and then 1N sodium hydroxide solution (2 mL) and stirred for an additional 1 h. The solids were removed by filtration under reduced pressure and the filtrate solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (2:3), to afford (+/-)6 as a colorless oil (3.8 g, 58%): LCMS (M+H) 322. (+/-)-trans-tert-Butyl 4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-3-{[(methylsulfonyl)oxy]-methyl}piperidi ne- 1-carboxylate [(+/-)7]

Methanesulfonyl chloride (1.4 mL, 18.1 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of (+/-)- trans-tert-butyl 3-(hydroxymethyl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)piperidine-1-carboxylat e [(+/-)6, 4.40 g, 13.7 mmol] and triethylamine (2.3 mL, 16.5 mmol) in anhydrous methylene chloride (150 mL) at 0 ºC under nitrogen, after which the mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature, stirring for a total of 5 h. The mixture was treated with brine solution (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 150 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine solution (100 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The solvents were removed under reduced pressure to afford (+/-)7 as a yellow oil that was suitable for use without further purification (5.08 g, 88%). (+/-)-trans-tert-Butyl 4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-3-{[(3-oxoisoindolin-5- yl)oxy]methyl}piperidine-1-carboxylate [(+/-)8]

Potassium carbonate (727 mg, 5.3 mmol) [Note: An equivalent amount of sodium hydride can also be used interchangeably] was added to a solution of 6-hydroxyisoindolin-1-one (523 mg, 3.5 mmol) and (+/-)-trans-tert-butyl 4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-3- {[(methylsulfonyl)oxy]methyl}piperidine-1-carboxylate [(+/-)7, 600 mg, 1.8 mmol] in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (30 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen, after which the mixture was heated to 80 ºC and stirred for 18 h. The cooled mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (200 mL) and the solids were removed by filtration under reduced pressure. The filtrate solvents were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with methylene chloride/methanol (9:1), to afford (+/-)8 as a white solid (240 mg, 35%): LCMS (M+H) 453. (+/-)-6-{[trans-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)piperidin-3-yl]methoxy}is oindolin-1-one

Hydrochloride [(+/-)B0356]

Trifluoroacetic acid (0.70 mL, 10 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of (+/-)-trans-tert- butyl 4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-{[(3-oxoisoindolin-5-yl)oxy]methyl}pip eridine-1-carboxylate [(+/-)8, 432 mg, 1.0 mmol] in anhydrous methylene chloride (30 mL) at 0 ºC under nitrogen, after which the mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature, stirring for a total of 5 h. The solvents were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in methanol for purification by reversed-phase preparative HPLC, eluting with 0.05% TFA in acetonitrile/water (gradient from 2% to 60%, Phenomenex Luna column). The isolated residue was acidified with HCl (2 mL, 2M in diethyl ether), diluted with acetonitrile/water and lyophilized to afford (+/-)B0356 as a white solid (91 mg, 24%): LCMS (M+H) 353; ¹ H NMR (500 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ 7.43 (dd, J = 8.5, 0.5 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 11.5 Hz, 2H), 7.12– 7.09 (m, 2H), 6.88 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 3.82 (dd, J = 10.0, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.72–3.69 (m, 2H), 3.56–3.49 (m, 1H), 3.21–3.15 (m, 2H), 2.96–2.90 (m, 1H), 2.46– 2.40 (m, 1H), 2.08–2.00 (m, 2H). Separation of [(+/-)B0356] into (+)-6-{[trans-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)piperidin-3- yl]methoxy}isoindolin-1-one [(+)B0515] and (–)-6-{[trans-4-(4- Methoxyphenyl)piperidin-3-yl]methoxy}isoindolin-1-one [(-)B0523]

A solution of (+/-)-6-{[trans-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)piperidin-3-yl]methoxy}is oindolin-1-one [(+/-)B0356, 48 mg] in methanol was separated by chiral preparative HPLC (10 µM CHIRALPAK AD, 2 cm x 25 cm, 5 mL/min flow rate, 3 mg/injection), eluting with 0.1% diethylamine in methanol, to provide (+)B0515 as a white solid (12 mg, 25%), followed by (- )B0523, (11 mg, 23%) as a white solid. Alternative Preparation of (+/-)-trans-tert-Butyl 4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-3-{[(3- oxoisoindolin-5-yl)oxy]methyl}piperidine-1-carboxylate [(+/-)8] (Scheme 2)

1,1'-(Azodicarbonyl)dipiperidine (5.9 g, 23.4 mmol) was added to a solution of (+/-)-trans- tert-butyl 3-(hydroxymethyl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)piperidine-1-carboxylat e [(+/-)6, 3.75 g, 11.7 mmol], 6-hydroxyisoindolin-1-one (1.74 g, 11.7 mmol) and tributylphosphine (4.73 g, 23.4 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) at 0 ºC under nitrogen, after which the mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature, stirring for a total of 12 h. The mixture was cooled to 0 ºC and the solids were removed by filtration under reduced pressure. The filtrate solvents were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with methylene chloride/methanol (9:1), to afford [(+/-)8] as a white solid (3.01 g, 57%). General Procedure A2: Alternative Preparation of 3,4-Piperidine N-H Analogs Scheme 3

Preparation of (+/-)-6-{[trans-4-(4-Bromophenyl)piperidin-3-yl]methoxy}-2,3 -dihydro- 1H-isoindol-1-one [(+/-)B0614] (+/-)-trans-Ethyl 4-(4-Bromophenyl)-2,6-dioxopiperidine-3-carboxylate [(+/-)10]

A solution of ethyl 3-amino-3-oxopropanoate (13.1 g, 100 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (100 mL) was added to a suspension of sodium hydride (6.0 g, 150 mmol, 60% in mineral oil) in anhydrous DMF (200 mL) at 0 ºC under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred at 0 ºC for 30 min, after which commercially available (E)-methyl 3-(4-bromophenyl)acrylate (9, 24.0 g, 100 mmol) was added portionwise, and the mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature, stirring for a total of 2 h. The mixture was further heated to 60 ºC and stirred for 5 h, after which the mixture was cooled to room temperature and treated with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (50 mL) and then 2 N HCl (200 mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 200 mL) and the combined organic extracts were dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The solvents were removed under reduced pressure to provide (+/-)10 as an off-white semi-solid that was used in the next step without purification (26.2 g): LCMS (M-H) 338. (+/-)-[trans-4-(4-Bromophenyl)piperidin-3-yl]methanol [(+/-)11]

Borane (269 mL, 269 mmol, 1.0 M solution in THF) was added slowly to a solution of crude (+/-)-(3S,4R)-ethyl 4-(4-bromophenyl)-2,6-dioxopiperidine-3-carboxylate [(+/-)10, 26.2 g, 67.2 mmol] in anhydrous THF (400 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen, after which the mixture was heated to 60 ºC and stirred for 16 h. The cooled mixture was treated with anhydrous methanol (30 mL) followed by 2 N HCl (250 mL), after which the organic layer was collected. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to (+/-)11 as a white solid that was used in the next step without purification (25.6 g): LCMS (M+H) 270. (+/-)-trans-tert-Butyl 4-(4-Bromophenyl)-3-(hydroxymethyl)-piperidine-1-carboxylate [(+/-)12]

Triethylamine (47 mL, 335 mmol) was added to a solution of crude (+/-)-[trans-4-(4- bromophenyl)piperidin-3-yl]methanol [(+/-)11, 25.6 g, 83.8 mmol] in anhydrous THF (200 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen, after which the mixture was cooled to 0 ºC. A solution of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (18.3 g, 83.8 mmol) in anhydrous THF (100 mL) was slowly added, after which the mixture was stirred at 0 ºC for 4 h. The mixture was warmed to room temperature, washed with water (300 mL) and the organic layer was collected. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (2:3), to afford (+/-)12 as a white solid (15.8 g, 50% over three steps): LCMS (M+H) 370. (+/-)-trans-tert-Butyl 4-(4-Bromophenyl)-3-{[(3-oxoisoindolin-5- yl)oxy]methyl}piperidine-1-carboxylate [(+/-)13]

Prepared according to General Procedure A1 to afford (+/-)13 as an off-white semi-solid that was used in the next step without further purification (700 mg): LCMS (M+H) 501. (+/-)-6-{[trans-4-(4-Bromophenyl)piperidin-3-yl]methoxy}-2,3 -dihydro-1H-isoindol-1- one [(+/-)B0614]

Prepared according to General Procedure A1 to yield (+/-)B0614 as a white solid (87 mg, 54% over two steps): LCMS (M+H) 401; ¹ H NMR (500 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ 7.49 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.14 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 4.37 (s, 2H), 3.83 (dd, J = 9.5, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.74–3.70 (m, 2H), 3.54 (m, 1H), 3.23–3.16 (m, 2H), 3.02 (dt, J = 12.0, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.46 (m, 1H), 2.11–2.00 (m, 2H). General Procedure A3: Preparation of N-Alkyl Analogs Scheme 4

Preparation of (-)-6‐{[(trans, trans)‐4‐(4‐methoxyphenyl)‐2‐methyl‐1‐(2‐phe nylethyl)piperidin‐3‐yl]methoxy}‐2,3‐dihy dro‐1H‐isoindol‐1‐one [(-)B0707] A solution of (-)-6‐{[(trans, trans)‐4‐(4‐methoxyphenyl)‐2‐methylpiperidin‐3� �yl]methoxy}‐2,3‐dihydro‐1H‐isoindol‐1‐on e [(-)B0699, 2.6 g, 7.09 mmol] and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (4.5 g, 21.3 mmol) in DCE (80 mL) was allowed to stir at rt for 30 min. To this was added phenylacetaldehyde (1.3 mL, 10.6 mmol). After stirring for three days, LCMS indicated no starting material remaining. The reaction was quenched with addition of methanol (~10 mL) and concentrated. The crude product was purified by reverse phase chromatography (Phenomenex Luna 5μ C18 column, 10% - 50% MeCN/water/0.1% TFA. Fractions containing product were combined and concentrated. The concentrate was treated with sat NaHCO ₃ solution until basic and extracted with DCM (X3). The combined extracts were passed through a hydrophobic frit and concentrated to yield 2.6 g (71%) of [(-)B0707]. The hydrochloride salt may be formed by dissolving the free base in MeCN/water, adding 1.05 eq of 1N HCl and lyophilizing to yield a white powder. LCMS (M+H) 471.2; HCl salt ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 7.52– 7.37 (m, 5H), 7.37– 7.25 (m, 1H), 7.23– 7.10 (m, 4H), 6.86 (dd, 2H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 4.10 (d, 1H), 3.99 – 3.42 (m, 9H), 3.29– 3.02 (m, 3H), 2.45– 1.97 (m, 3H), 1.68– 1.44 (m, 3H). Scheme 5a

Preparation of (-)-6‐{[(trans, trans)‐4‐[3‐(2‐methoxyethoxy)phenyl]‐2‐methyl‐ 1‐[2‐(1H‐pyrrol‐1‐yl)ethyl]piperidin‐3‐y l]methoxy}‐2,3‐dihydro‐1H‐isoindol‐1‐one [(-)B1049]

To a solution of (-)-6‐{[(trans, trans)‐4‐[3‐(2‐methoxyethoxy)phenyl]‐2‐methylpip eridin‐3‐yl]methoxy}‐2,3‐dihydro‐1H‐isoi ndol‐1‐one [(-)B1415, 5.10 g, 12.42 mmol] in anhydrous acetonitrile (25 mL) was added potassium carbonate (3.43 g, 24.85 mmol, 2.0 eq) and 1-pyrroleethylbromide (4.32 g, 24.85 mmol, 2.0 eq) and the reaction heated at 50°C for 168 hr. The reaction was cooled to rt, filtered of inorganics, and concentrated. The crude product was purified by reverse phase chromatography (Phenomenex Luna 5μ C18 column, 30% - 50 % MeCN/water/0.1% TFA. The product fractions were concentrated, and the residue dissolved in 25 mL DCM and washed with 1N NaOH (ensuring aqueous basic by pH paper). The layers were separated, and the aqueous extracted 3X 10 mL DCM. The combined organics were washed with brine, filtered through cotton and concentrated to yield 6.4 g (84%) of [(-)B1049] as a white solid. The hydrochloride salt may be formed by dissolving the free base in MeCN/water, adding 1.05 eq. 1N HCl, and lyophilizing to yield a white powder. LCMS (M+H) 504.3; HCl salt ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 11.15– 10.65 (m, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 7.48– 7.42 (m, 1H), 7.25– 7.08 (m, 2H), 7.07– 6.96 (m, 3H), 6.95– 6.67 (m, 3H), 6.10– 6.05 (m, 2H), 4.55– 4.31 (m, 2H), 4.27 (s, 2H), 4.09 (d, J = 8.7, 1H), 4.03– 3.82 (m, 3H), 3.76– 3.62 (m, 1H), 3.61– 3.48 (m, 5H), 3.27– 3.23 (m, 3H), 3.22– 2.96 (m, 2H), 2.46– 2.12 (m, 2H), 1.95– 1.71 (m, 1H), 1.48– 1.37 (m, 3H). Scheme 5b

Preparation of (-)-6-{[(trans, trans)-4-[3-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenyl]-2-methyl-1-[2-(3- methyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)ethyl]piperidin-3-yl]methoxy}-2,3-dihy dro-1H-isoindol-1-one [(- )14] Ethyl 1-(2-bromoethyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (14)

To a mixture of potassium hydroxide (431 mg, 7.84 mmol) and 1,2-dibromoethane (2453 mg, 13.06 mmol) in 5 mL of acetonitrile, a solution of ethyl 3-methyl-1-H-pyrrole carboxylate (727 mg, 5.22 mmol) in 20 mL of acetonitrile was slowly added over 2 h. After 1h, the reaction mixture was quench with water and extracted with hexanes (3X10 mL). The organics were combined, concentrated and subjected to the Biotage purification under flash chromatography (45 g silica gel column, eluted with EtOAc in hexane: 2% - 20%, 10CV; 100% EtOAc, 10CV) to give 316 mg of 14 in 23% yield. LCMS (M+H = 262.0). Ethyl 1-(2-bromoethyl)-5-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate was also made by the above procedure in 7% yield. LCMS (M+H = 262.2). (-)-Ethyl 1‐{2‐[(trans, trans)‐4‐[3‐(2‐methoxyethoxy)phenyl]‐2‐methyl‐ 3‐{[(3‐oxo‐2,3‐dihydro‐1H‐isoindol‐5‐yl) oxy]methyl}piperidin‐1‐yl]ethyl}‐3‐methyl‐1H‐pyr role‐2‐carboxylate [(-)B1374]

The title compound was prepared from ethyl 1-(2-bromoethyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2- carboxylate (14) according to Scheme 5. LCMS (M+H = 590.2). (-)-6-{[(trans, trans)-4-[3-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenyl]-2-methyl-1-[2-(3-methyl -1H- pyrrol-1-yl)ethyl]piperidin-3-yl]methoxy}-2,3-dihydro-1H-iso indol-1-one [(-)B1396] To a suspension of (-)-ethyl 1‐{2‐[(trans, trans)‐4‐[3‐(2‐methoxyethoxy)phenyl]‐2‐methyl‐ 3‐{[(3‐oxo‐2,3‐dihydro‐1H‐isoindol‐5‐yl)ox y]methyl}piperidin‐1‐yl]ethyl}‐3‐methyl‐1H‐pyrro le‐2‐carboxylate [(-)B1374, 94 mg, 0.13 mmol) in MeOH (6.69 mL) was added 50% NaOH(aq) (1.5 mL) and the reaction heated at 50 °C for 30 minutes. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, acidified to pH 2 then heated at 50 °C for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and subjected to HPLC purification. HPLC purification method: Luna acid medium column, 5% - 55% acetonitrile in H ₂ O over 15 min, followed by 100% acetonitrile, 0.1% TFA modifier was employed. Lyophilizing of the combined fractions gave 26.93 mg of (-)B1396 as a light pink solid. LCMS (M+H = 518.2); ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ CN) δ 7.43 (d, J = 8.3, 1H), 7.20 (t, J = 7.8, 1H), 7.11 (dd, J = 8.3, 2.4, 1H), 7.06 (s, 1H), 6.77 (dd, J = 16.2, 8.1, 5H), 6.62 (s, 1H), 5.99– 5.93 (m, 1H), 4.43– 4.33 (m, 2H), 4.30 (s, 2H), 4.06 (d, J = 9.9, 1H), 4.02– 3.80 (m, 3H), 3.70– 3.39 (m, 7H), 3.31 (s, 3H), 3.10 (dd, J = 20.2, 10.9, 2H), 2.37 (d, J = 11.2, 2H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 1.45 (dd, J = 28.0, 6.1, 3H). The following compounds were prepared by General Procedure A1 and A3: (-)-6-{[trans, trans-4-(1-benzofuran-6-yl)-2-methyl-1-[2-(1H-pyrrol-1- yl)ethyl]piperidin-3-yl]methoxy}-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-1-o ne [(-)B1400] LCMS (MH+ = 471.2); ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 9.88– 9.68 (m, 1H), 8.56 (s, 1H), 7.57– 7.32 (m, 1H), 7.27– 7.46 (m, 1H), 7.14– 7.08 (m, 1H), 7.05– 7.01 (m, 1H), 7.00– 6.95 (m, 2H), 6.94 – 6.46 (m, 3H), 6.12– 6.06 (m, 2H), 5.16– 5.01 (m, 1H), 4.88– 4.80 (m, 1H), 4.80– 4.69 (m, 1H), 4.66– 4.31 (m, 5H), 4.28 (s, 2H), 4.13– 3.14 (m, 8H), 3.10– 2.97 (m, 1H), 2.28– 1.70 (m, 4H), 1.45– 1.30 (m, 3H). (+/-)-6-{[(trans, trans)-4-(1-acetylpiperidin-4-yl)-2-methyl-1-(2-phenylethyl) piperidin-3- yl]methoxy}-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-1-one [(+/-)B1413] LCMS (MH+ = 490.2); ¹ H NMR (400MHz ,CD ₃ OD): 7.53 (d, J=8.4Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.38 (m, 7H), 4.61 (t, J=13.2Hz, 1H), 4.42 (s, 2H), 4.27-4.38 (m, 2H), 3.97 (t, J=12.4Hz, 1H), 3.80 (m, 1H), 3.61 (m, 1H), 3.58 (m, 1H), 3.30 (m, 1H), 3.20 (m, 1H), 3.10 (m, 2H), 2.56 (m, 1H), 1.90-2.20 (m, 7H), 1.70 (m, 2H), 1.56 (d, J=6.0Hz, 3H), 1.40-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.20-1.40 (m, 1H). (+/-)-6-{[(trans, trans)-4-(1-acetylpiperidin-4-yl)-2-methyl-1-[2-(1H-pyrrol-1 - yl)ethyl]piperidin-3-yl]methoxy}-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-1-o ne [(+/-)B1413] LCMS (MH+ = 490.2); ¹ H NMR (400MHz ,CD ₃ OD): 7.53 (d, J=8.0Hz, 1H), 7.37( s, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=7.6Hz, 1H), 6.88 (s, 2H), 6.17 (s, 2H), 4.60 (t, J=12.0Hz, 1H), 4.30-4.50 (m, 5H), 4.10- 4.30 (m, 1H), 3.96 (t, J=14.0Hz, 1H), 3.77 (m, 1H), 3.65 (m, 1H), 3.51 (m, 2H), 3.07 (m, 2H), 2.54 (m, 1H), 1.88-2.15 (m, 7H), 1.60-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.35-1.55 (m, 5H), 1.10-1.35 (m, 1H). (-)-6-{[trans, trans-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-2-methyl-1-[2-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)ethy l]piperidin- 3-yl]methoxy}-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-1-one [(-)B1416] LCMS (MH+ = 446.2); ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 9.53 (s, 1H), 9.35– 9.20 (m, 1H), 8.46 (s, 1H), 7.46– 7.28 (m, 1H), 7.05– 6.86 (m, 5H), 6.68– 6.45 (m, 3H), 6.01 (s, 2H), 4.40– 4.23 (m, 2H), 4.20 (s, 2H), 3.98 (d, J = 10.0, 1H), 3.89– 3.12 (m, 15H), 2.95– 2.81 (m, 1H), 2.15– 1.65 (m, 4H), 1.34– 1.24 (m, 3H). (-)-6-{[trans, trans-4-[3-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl]-2-methylpiperidin-3-yl]m ethoxy}- 2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-1-one [(-)B1417] LCMS (MH+ = 397.1); ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.80 (d, J = 10.0, 1H), 8.65– 8.46 (m, 2H), 7.44 (d, J = 8.3, 1H), 7.21 (t, J = 7.9, 1H), 7.09 (dd, J = 8.3, 2.3, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.2, 1H), 6.79 (dd, J = 8.1, 2.0, 1H), 6.73 (d, J = 7.6, 1H), 6.69 (s, 1H), 4.27 (s, 2H), 4.02 (d, J = 8.7, 1H), 3.93– 3.86 (m, 1H), 3.82– 3.74 (m, 1H), 3.64 (t, J = 4.9, 2H), 3.51 (dd, J = 10.2, 2.3, 1H), 3.48– 3.35 (m, 2H), 3.14 (d, J = 9.1, 1H), 3.07– 2.98 (m, 1H), 2.11 (t, J = 11.1, 1H), 2.04– 1.86 (m, 2H), 1.35 (d, J = 6.4, 3H). (-)-6-{[trans, trans-4-(3,4-dihydro-2H-1-benzopyran-7-yl)-2-methyl-1-[2-(1H -pyrrol-1- yl)ethyl]piperidin-3-yl]methoxy}-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-1-o ne [(-)-B1365] LCMS (MH+ = 486.2); ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 10.93– 10.45 (m, 1H), 8.56 (s, 1H), 7.50– 7.40 (m, 1H), 7.17– 7.07 (m, 1H), 7.05– 7.01 (m, 1H), 7.00– 6.88 (m, 3H), 6.78– 6.49 (m, 2H), 6.15 - 6.00 (m, 2H), 4.54– 4.31 (m, 2H), 4.28 (s, 2H), 4.19– 3.80 (m, 8H), 3.77– 3.61 (m, 1H), 3.60– 3.43 (m, 4H), 3.39– 2.85 (m, 3H), 2.67 (t, J = 6.0, 2H), 2.41– 2.04 (m, 3H), 1.96– 1.66 (m, 4H), 1.46– 1.33 (m, 3H). (-)-6-{[trans, trans-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-methyl-1-[2-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)ethy l]piperidin- 3-yl]methoxy}-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-1-one [(-)B0876] LCMS (MH+ = 460.3); ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 7.36 (d, J = 9.1, 1H), 7.17– 6.92 (m, 4H), 6.81 (t, J = 2.1, 2H), 6.74 (d, J = 8.8, 2H), 6.08 (t, J = 2.1, 2H), 4.47– 4.13 (m, 4H), 4.02– 3.32 (m, 9H), 3.06– 2.86 (m, 1H), 2.32– 1.69 (m, 4H), 1.53– 1.05 (m, 4H). (-)-6-{[trans, trans-4-[3-fluoro-4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenyl]-2-methyl-1-[2-( 1H-pyrrol-1- yl)ethyl]piperidin-3-yl]methoxy}-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-1-o ne [(-)B1205] LCMS (MH+ = 522.2); ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 7.49 (d, J = 9.1, 1H), 7.25– 6.80 (m, 7H), 6.20 (s, 2H), 4.63– 4.31 (m, 4H), 4.19– 3.36 (m, 13H), 3.30– 3.04 (m, 2H), 2.40– 1.85 (m, 3H), 1.67– 1.31 (m, 3H). (-)-6-{[trans, trans-4-[3-fluoro-4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenyl]-2-methyl-1-(2- phenylethyl)piperidin-3-yl]methoxy}-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol- 1-one [(-)B1194] LCMS (MH+ = 533.2); ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 7.41– 7.15 (m, 6H), 7.06 (d, J = 7.9, 2H), 7.03– 6.79 (m, 3H), 4.28 (s, 2H), 4.02 (dd, J = 5.4, 3.7, 3H), 3.95– 3.32 (m, 8H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 3.19– 2.89 (m, 3H), 2.39– 1.81 (m, 3H), 1.62– 1.25 (m, 3H). [(+/-)-6-{[(trans, trans)-4-(3-fluoro-5-methoxyphenyl)-2-methyl-1-[2-(1H-pyrrol -1- yl)ethyl]piperidin-3-yl]methoxy}-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-1-o ne [(+/-)B1274] LCMS (MH+ = 478.3); ¹ H NMR (300MHz ,CD ₃ OD): 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.18 (m, 2H), 6.91 (t, J=2.1Hz, 2H), 6.58 (m, 3H), 6.19 (t, J=2.1Hz, 2H), 4.49 (m, 2H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 4.10 (m, 1H), 3.90 (m, 1H), 3.65-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.61 (s, 3H), 3.55 (m, 1H), 3.40 (m, 1H), 3.20 (m, 2H), 2.00-2.40 (m, 3H), 1.20-1.28 (m, 3H). (-)-6-{[trans, trans-1-(4,4-difluorobut-3-en-1-yl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2- methylpiperidin-3-yl]methoxy}-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-1-one [(-)B1145] LCMS (MH+ = 457.2); ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 10.75– 10.40 (m, 1H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 7.45 (d, J = 8.3, 1H), 7.27– 7.06 (m, 3H), 7.04– 7.00 (m, 1H), 6.91– 6.80 (m, 2H), 4.68 (dt, J = 26.6, 7.6, 1H), 4.27 (s, 2H), 4.11– 3.88 (m, 1H), 3.72– 3.68 (m, 3H), 3.64– 3.45 (m, 3H), 3.42– 3.12 (m, 3H), 3.06– 2.96 (m, 1H), 2.40– 2.08 (m, 2H), 1.97– 1.75 (m, 1H), 1.50– 1.35 (m, 3H). General Procedure A4: Preparation of 3,4-Piperidine N-H Analogs:

Reversed Coupling and Hydrolysis Example Scheme 6

Preparation of (+/-)-2-{[trans-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)piperidin-3-yl]methoxy}- isonicotinamide [(+/-)B0354] (+/-)-trans-tert-Butyl 3-{[(4-Cyanopyridin-2-yl)oxy]methyl}-4-(4- methoxyphenyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate [(+/-)15] A solution of (+/-)-trans-tert-butyl 3-(hydroxymethyl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)piperidine-1- carboxylate [(+/-)6, 500 mg, 1.6 mmol, prepared as described in General Procedure A1, Scheme 1] in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) was added dropwise to a solution of sodium hydride (73 mg, 1.8 mmol, 60% dispersion in mineral oil) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (8 mL) at 0 ºC under nitrogen, after which the mixture was stirred for 15 min. A solution of 2- chloroisonicotinonitrile (251 mg, 1.8 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) was added, after which the mixture was heated to reflux and stirred for 3 h. The cooled mixture was treated with water (0.5 mL), diluted with ethyl acetate (60 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate solvents were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (1:1), to afford (+/-)15 as a white solid (132 mg, 52%): LCMS (M+H) 424. (+/-)-2-{[trans-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)piperidin-3-yl]methoxy}-i sonicotinonitrile [(+/- )B0344]

Prepared according General Procedure A2, to provide (+/-)B0344 as an off-white solid (95 mg, 92%): LCMS (M+H) 324; ¹ H NMR (500 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ 8.23 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (dd, J = 5.0, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.11 (d, J = 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 4.17 (dd, J = 11.0, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.99 (dd, J = 11.0, 7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.66 (dd, J = 12.5, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.54–3.48 (m, 1H), 3.17–3.07 (m, 2H), 2.84 (dt, J = 12.0, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 2.47–2.43 (m, 1H), 2.06–1.96 (m, 2H). (+/-)-2-{[trans-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)piperidin-3-yl]methoxy}-i sonicotinamide [(+/- )B0354]

A solution of (+/-)-2-{[trans-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)piperidin-3-yl]methoxy}-i sonicotinonitrile [(+/-)B0344, 100 mg, 0.31 mmol] in ethanol (1 mL) was added to a mixture of hydrogen peroxide (0.2 mL, 30% solution in water) and 2N sodium hydroxide solution (0.2 mL) at 0 ºC, after which the mixture was stirred for 1 h. A solution of 1M potassium phosphate monobasic was added (1 mL), after which the solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with methylene chloride/methanol/concentrated ammonium chloride (6:3:1), to afford (+/- )B0354 as a white solid (31 mg, 29%). LCMS (M-H) 340; ¹ H NMR (500 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ 8.15 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (dd, J = 5.0, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.14 (d, J = 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 4.08 (dd, J = 11.0, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.90 (dd, J = 11.0, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.41 (dd, J = 12.5, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 3.18 (m, 1H), 2.81–2.62 (m, 3H), 2.25–2.21 (m, 1H), 1.83–1.78 (m, 2H). General Procedure A5: Preparation of syn-3,4-Piperidine Analogs Scheme 7

Preparation of (+/-)-3-{[cis-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)piperidin-3-yl]methoxy}-ben zonitrile [(+/-)B0550] (+/-)-cis-tert-Butyl 3-(Hydroxymethyl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-piperidine-1-carboxyla te [(+/-)16]

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide (+/-)16 as a light yellow oil (3.56 g, 80%): LCMS (M+H) 322. (+/-)-cis-tert-Butyl 4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-3-{[(methylsulfonyl)oxy]-methyl}piperidi ne-1- carboxylate [(+/-)17]

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide (+/-)17 as a yellow oil (1.2 g, 99%). (+/-)-cis-tert-Butyl 3-[(3-Cyanophenoxy)methyl]-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)piperidine-1- carboxylate [(+/-)18]

A solution of 3-hydroxybenzonitrile (268 mg, 2.2 mmol) in anhydrous N,N- dimethylformamide (4 mL) was added dropwise to a solution of sodium hydride (90 mg, 2.2 mmol, 60% dispersion in mineral oil) in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (4 mL) at 0 ºC under nitrogen, after which the mixture was stirred for 15 min. A solution of (+/-)-cis-tert- butyl 4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-{[(methylsulfonyl)oxy]-methyl}piperidi ne-1-carboxylate [(+/- )17, 300 mg, 0.75 mmol] in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (4 mL) was added, after which the mixture was heated to 80 ºC and stirred for 3 h. The cooled mixture was treated with water (0.5 mL), diluted with ethyl acetate (60 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate solvents were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with methylene chloride/methanol (9:1), to afford (+/-)18 as a light yellow oil (116 mg, 29%): LCMS (M+H) 423. (+/-)-3-{[cis-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)piperidin-3-yl]methoxy}-ben zonitrile [(+/-)B0550]. Prepared according General Procedure A2 to provide (+/-)B0550 as an off-white solid (40 mg, 87%): LCMS (M+H) 323; ¹ H NMR (500 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ 7.42–7.40 (m, 1H), 7.29 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.14–7.13 (m, 2H), 6.92 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 4.06 (dd, J = 9.5, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.81–3.78 (m, 4H), 3.71–3.67 (m, 1H), 3.57–3.53 (m, 1H), 3.37– 3.32 (m, 2H), 3.16 (dt, J = 13.0, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 2.58–2.54 (m, 1H), 2.35 (ddd, J = 27.0, 13.0, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.02–1.98 (m, 1H). General Procedure A6: Preparation of O-Substituted 3,4-Piperidine N-H Analogs Scheme 8

Preparation of (+/-)-6-{[trans-4-[4-(2-Fluoroethoxy)phenyl]piperidin-3- yl]methoxy}isoindolin-1-one [(+/-)B0466] (+/-)-6-{[trans-4-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)piperidin-3-yl]methoxy}is oindolin-1-one [(+/-)19] Boron tribromide (1.3 mL, 13.3 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of (+/-)-trans-tert- butyl 4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-{[(3-oxoisoindolin-5-yl)oxy]methyl}-pi peridine-1-carboxylate [(+/-)8, 2.0 g, 4.4 mmol] in anhydrous methylene chloride (80 mL) at 0 ºC under nitrogen, after which the mixture was stirred for 2 h. The mixture was slowly diluted with 10% aqueous potassium carbonate solution (50 mL) and warmed to room temperature. The organic layer was collected and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with methylene chloride/methanol (1:1), to afford (+/-)19 as a white solid (748 mg, 50%): LCMS (M+H) 339; ¹ H NMR (500 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ 7.44 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.74 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 3.82 (dd, J = 9.5, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.75–3.69 (m, 2H), 3.54–3.50 (m, 1H), 3.20–3.13 (m, 2H), 2.88 (dt, J = 11.5, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 2.41–2.37 (m, 1H), 2.07–1.99 (m, 2H). (+/-)-trans-tert-Butyl 4-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-3-{[(3-oxoisoindolin-5- yl)oxy]methyl}piperidine-1-carboxylate [(+/-)20]

Triethylamine (1.4 mL, 10.0 mmol) was added to a solution of 6-{[trans-4-(4- hydroxyphenyl)piperidin-3-yl]methoxy}isoindolin-1-one [(+/-)19, 672 mg, 2.0 mmol] in anhydrous THF (10 mL) and dioxane (10 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen, after which the mixture was cooled to 0 ºC. Di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (434 mg, 2.0 mmol) was added, after which the mixture was stirred at 0 ºC for 3 h. The mixture was warmed to room temperature, diluted with 10% aqueous citric acid solution (30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 70 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and the solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with methylene chloride/methanol (4:1), to afford (+/-)20 as a white solid (643 mg, 74%): LCMS (M+H) 439. (+/-)-trans-tert-Butyl 4-[4-(2-Fluoroethoxy)phenyl]-3-{[(3-oxoisoindolin-5- yl)oxy]methyl}piperidine-1-carboxylate [(+/-)21].

1-Fluoro-2-iodoethane (16 mg, 0.091 mmol) was added to a mixture of potassium carbonate (38 mg, 0.27 mmol) and (+/-)-trans-tert-butyl 4-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-3-{[(3-oxoisoindolin-5- yl)oxy]methyl}piperidine-1-carboxylate [(+/-)20, 40 mg, 0.091 mmol] in anhydrous N,N- dimethylformamide (2 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen, after which the mixture was stirred for 24 h. The mixture was diluted with water (30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 40 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with 10% aqueous lithium chloride solution (30 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate solvents were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with methylene chloride/methanol (4:1), to afford (+/- )21 as a colorless semi-solid (36 mg, 87%): LCMS (M+H) 485. (+/-)-6-{[trans-4-[4-(2-Fluoroethoxy)phenyl]piperidin-3-yl]m ethoxy}-isoindolin-1-one [(+/-)B0466]

Prepared according General Procedure A2 to provide (+/-)B0466 as a white solid (10 mg, 35%): LCMS (M+H) 385; ¹ H NMR (500 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ 7.34 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.03 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (dd, J = 8.5, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 4.63 (t, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.54 (t, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.26 (s, 2H), 4.11 (t, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.05 (t, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.73 (dd, J = 9.5, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.65–3.59 (m, 2H), 3.45–4.41 (m, 1H), 3.10–3.05 (m, 2H), 2.83 (dt, J = 11.5, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.33–2.29 (m, 1H), 1.96–1.90 (m, 2H). General Procedure A7: Preparation of N-Substituted 3,4-Piperidine N-H Analogs Scheme 9

Scheme 10

Preparation of (+/-)-N-[4-(trans-3-{[(3-Oxoisoindolin-5-yl)oxy]methyl}piper idin-4- yl)phenyl]methanesulfonamide Hydrochloride [(+/-)B0529] (Scheme 9) (+/-)-trans-tert-Butyl 3-{[(3-Oxoisoindolin-5-yl)oxy]methyl}-4-(4- {[(perfluorobutyl)sulfonyl]oxy}phenyl)piperidine-1-carboxyla te [(+/-)22]

Perfluorobutanesulfonyl fluoride (nonafluorobutanesulfonyl fluoride, 0.42 mL, 2.4 mmol) was added to a solution of (+/-)-trans-tert-butyl 4-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-3-{[(3-oxoisoindolin-5- yl)oxy]methyl}piperidine-1-carboxylate [(+/-)19, 870 mg, 2.0 mmol] and triethylamine (0.33 mL, 2.4 mmol) in anhydrous methylene chloride (20 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen, after which the mixture was stirred for 24 h. The mixture was washed with 2N NaOH (30 mL) and water (20 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The solvents were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (gradient from 1:1 to 0:100), to afford (+/-)22 as a white solid (1.24 g, 87%): LCMS (M+H) 721. (+/-)-tert-Butyl 6-{[trans-1-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-4-(4- {[(perfluorobutyl)sulfonyl]oxy}phenyl)piperidin-3-yl]methoxy }-1-oxoisoindoline-2- carboxylate [(+/-)23]

A solution of (+/-)-trans-tert-butyl 3-{[(3-oxoisoindolin-5-yl)oxy]methyl}-4-(4- {[(perfluorobutyl)sulfonyl]-oxy}phenyl)piperidine-1-carboxyl ate [(+/-)22, 1.24 g, 1.72 mmol] in anhydrous THF (10 mL) was added to a suspension of sodium hydride (83 mg, 2.1 mmol, 60% dispersion in mineral oil) in anhydrous THF (30 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen, after which the mixture was stirred for 5 min. Di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (752 mg, 3.4 mmol) was added followed by 4-dimethylaminopyridine (201 mg, 1.7 mmol), after which the mixture was stirred for 12 h. Water (0.5 mL) was added and the solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (gradient from 1:1 to 0:100), to afford (+/-)23 as a light yellow solid (1.28 g, 91%): LCMS (M+H) 821. (+/-)-trans-tert-Butyl 6-{[4-(4-Aminophenyl)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidin-3- yl]methoxy}-1-oxoisoindoline-2-carboxylate [(+/-)24]

A mixture of (+/-)-tert-butyl 6-{[trans-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-(4- {[(perfluorobutyl)sulfonyl]oxy}phenyl)piperidin-3-yl]methoxy }-1-oxoisoindoline-2- carboxylate [(+/-)23, 400 mg, 0.49 mmol], benzophenone imine (132 mg, 0.75 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (45 mg, 10 mol%), 2,2'-bis(diphenylphosphino)- 1,1'-binaphthyl (BINAP, 60 mg, 20 mol%) and cesium carbonate (318 mg, 2.0 mmol) in anhydrous dioxane (20 mL) was heated at 100 ºC under nitrogen for 3 h. The cooled mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (120 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The solvents were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in methanol (5 mL) and stirred at room temperature under nitrogen. Hydroxylamine hydrochloride (170 mg, 2.4 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 3 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (gradient from 1:1 to 0:100), to afford (+/-)24 as a yellow oil (121 mg, 41% over two steps): LCMS (M+H) 538. (+/-)-trans-tert-Butyl 4-[4-(Methylsulfonamido)phenyl]-3-{[(3-oxoisoindolin-5- yl)oxy]methyl}piperidine-1-carboxylate [(+/-)25]

Sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (0.45 mL, 0.45 mmol, 1.0 M in THF) was added to a solution of (+/-)-trans-tert-butyl 6-{[4-(4-aminophenyl)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidin-3- yl]methoxy}-1-oxoisoindoline-2-carboxylate [(+/-)24, 120 mg, 0.23 mmol] in anhydrous methylene chloride (5 mL) and the mixture was stirred for 15 min. Methanesulfonyl chloride (93 mg, 0.81 mmol) was added after which the mixture was stirred for an additional 3 h. The mixture was treated with water (0.5 mL), diluted with methylene chloride (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The solvents were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in methanol (5 mL) at room temperature. 2N NaOH solution (2 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 2 h. The solvents were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was diluted with methylene chloride (50 mL), washed with 10% citric acid solution (20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography on neutral alumina, eluting with methylene chloride/methanol (gradient from 19:1 to 4:1), to afford (+/-)25 as a yellow solid (59 mg, 51% over two steps): LCMS (M+H) 516. (+/-)-N-[4-(trans-3-{[(3-Oxoisoindolin-5-yl)oxy]methyl}piper idin-4- yl)phenyl]methanesulfonamide Hydrochloride [(+/-)B0529]

Hydrochloric acid (0.30 mL, 4M in dioxane) was added to a solution of (+/-)-trans-tert-butyl 4-[4-(methylsulfonamido)phenyl]-3-{[(3-oxoisoindolin-5-yl)ox y]methyl}-piperidine-1- carboxylate [(+/-)25, 39 mg, 0.076 mmol] in in anhydrous dioxane (2 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen, after which the mixture was stirred for 2 h. The solvents were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in methanol for purification by reversed-phase preparative HPLC, eluting with 0.05% TFA in acetonitrile/water (gradient from 2% to 60%, Phenomenex Luna column). The isolated residue was acidified with HCl (2 mL, 2M in diethyl ether), diluted with acetonitrile/water and lyophilized to afford (+/- )B0529 as a yellow solid (28 mg, 82%): LCMS (M+H) 416; ¹ H NMR (500 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ 7.43 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.27–7.21 (m, 4H), 7.12–7.01 (m, 2H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 3.84 (dd, J = 9.5, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.76–3.65 (m, 3H), 3.60–3.53 (m, 2H), 3.22–3.18 (m, 1H), 2.99 (dt, J = 11.5, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 2.47–2.43 (m, 1H), 2.11–2.03 (m, 2H). Alternative Preparation of (+/-)-N-[4-(trans-3-{[(3-Oxoisoindolin-5- yl)oxy]methyl}piperidin-4-yl)phenyl]methanesulfonamide Hydrochloride [(+/-)B0529] (Scheme 10) (+/-)-tert-Butyl 6-{[trans-4-(4-Bromophenyl)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-piperidi n-3- yl]methoxy}-1-oxoisoindoline-2-carboxylate [(+/-)26]

Prepared according General Procedure A7, Scheme 9 to provide (+/-)26 as a white solid (645 mg, 53%): LCMS (M+H) 601. (+/-)-tert-Butyl 6-{[trans-1-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-4-(4- [methylsulfonamido]phenyl)piperidin-3-yl]methoxy}-1-oxoisoin doline-2-carboxylate [(+/-)27]

A mixture of (+/-)-tert-butyl 6-{[trans-4-(4-bromophenyl)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-piperidi n- 3-yl]methoxy}-1-oxoisoindoline-2-carboxylate [(+/-)26, 150 mg, 0.25 mmol], methanesulfonamide (29 mg, 0.30 mmol), allylpalladium(II) chloride dimer (2.3 mg, 5 mol%), 2-di-tert-butylphosphino-2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl (tBu-XPhos, 21 mg, 20 mol%) and potassium carbonate (69 mg, 0.50 mmol) in anhydrous 2-methyltetrahydrofuran (5 mL) was heated at 80 ºC under nitrogen for 12 h. The cooled mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (120 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (gradient from 1:1 to 0:100), to afford (+/-)27 as a yellow oil (91 mg, 59%): LCMS (M+H) 616. (+/-)-N-[4-(trans-3-{[(3-Oxoisoindolin-5-yl)oxy]methyl}piper idin-4- yl)phenyl]methanesulfonamide Hydrochloride [(+/-)B0529] Prepared according General Procedure A1 to afford (+/-)B0529 as a yellow solid (54 mg, 61%): LCMS (M+H) 416; ¹ H NMR (500 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ 7.43 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.27– 7.21 (m, 4H), 7.12–7.01 (m, 2H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 3.84 (dd, J = 9.5, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.76–3.65 (m, 3H), 3.60–3.53 (m, 2H), 3.22–3.18 (m, 1H), 2.99 (dt, J = 11.5, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 2.47–2.43 (m, 1H), 2.11–2.03 (m, 2H). General Procedure A8: Preparation of 3,4-Tetrahydropyridine N-H Analogs

Schem 11

Preparation of 3-{[4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3- yl]methoxy}benzonitrile [B0412] tert-Butyl 3-(Hydroxymethyl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-5,6-dihydropyridine-1( 2H)- carboxylate [28]

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to afford 28 as a colorless oil (1.9 g, 71%): LCMS (M+H) 320. tert-Butyl 4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-3-{[(methylsulfonyl)oxy]methyl}-5,6-dihy dropyridine- 1(2H)-carboxylate [29]

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to afford 29 as a light yellow oil that was suitable for use without further purification (2.4 g, 99%): LCMS (M+H) 398. tert-Butyl 3-[(3-Cyanophenoxy)methyl]-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-5,6-dihydropy ridine- 1(2H)-carboxylate [30]

Prepared according General Procedure A5 afford 30 as a yellow oil (506 mg, 97%): LCMS (M+H) 421. 3-{[4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl]metho xy}-benzonitrile [B0412] Prepared according General Procedure A2 to afford B0412 as a white solid (51 mg, 61%): LCMS (M+H) 321; ¹ H NMR (500 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ 7.41 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.12 (dd, J = 7.5, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.09–7.05 (m, 1H), 6.95 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 4.54 (s, 2H), 3.84 (s, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.36 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.68 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H). General Procedure A9: Preparation of 3-Methyl-3,4-Piperidine N-H Analogs Scheme 12

Preparation of 3-{[(+/-)-cis-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-3-methylpiperidin-3- yl]methoxy}benzonitrile Hydrochloride [(+/-)B0568]. (+/-)-1-tert-Butyl 3-Ethyl 3-Methyl-4-oxopiperidine-1,3-dicarboxylate [(+/-)32] A mixture of iodomethane (4.6 mL, 73.7 mmol), potassium carbonate (10.2 g, 73.7 mmol) and commercially available (+/-)-1-tert-butyl 3-ethyl 4-oxopiperidine-1,3-dicarboxylate [(+/- )31, 10.0 g, 36.9 mmol] in anhydrous acetone (150 mL) was heated at reflux under nitrogen for 12 h. The cooled mixture was filtered and the filtrate solvent was removed under reduced pressure to provide (+/-)32 as a light yellow oil (8.6 g, 82%): LCMS (M+H) 286. (+/-)-1-tert-Butyl 3-Ethyl 3-Methyl-4-{[(trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl]oxy}-2,3- dihydropyridine-1,3(6H)-dicarboxylate [(+/-)33]

Sodium hydride (2.3 g, 60.3 mmol, 60% in mineral oil) was added portionwise to a solution of (+/-)-1-tert-butyl 3-ethyl 3-methyl-4-oxopiperidine-1,3-dicarboxylate [(+/-)32, 8.6 g, 30.1 mmol] in anhydrous THF (100 mL) at 0 ºC under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred at 0 ºC for 5 min, after which N-phenylbis(trifluoromethanesulfonamide) (16.2 g, 45.2 mmol) was added portionwise. The mixture was warmed to room temperature and then further heated to 60 ºC and stirred for 1 h. The cooled mixture was treated with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (150 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over sodium sulfate and filtered, and the solvents were removed under reduced pressure to provide (+/-)33 as a dark amber oil (7.2 g, 57%): LCMS (M+H) 418. (+/-)-1-tert-Butyl 3-Ethyl 4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-3-methyl-2,3-dihydropyridine-1,3(6H)- dicarboxylate [(+/-)34]

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide (+/-)34 as a dark amber solid (5.8 g, 89%): LCMS (M+H) 376. (+/-)-1-tert-Butyl 3-Ethyl cis-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-3-methylpiperidine-1,3-dicarboxylate [(+/-)35]

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide (+/-)35 as a crude amber oil (4.6 g) that was suitable for use in the next step without purification: LCMS (M+H) 377. (+/-)-1-tert-Butyl cis-3-(Hydroxymethyl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-methylpiperidine -1- carboxylate [(+/-)36]

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide (+/-)36 as a light yellow oil (2.5 g, 62% over two steps): LCMS (M+H) 336. (+/-)-1-tert-Butyl cis-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-3-methyl-3- ({[(trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl]oxy}methyl)piperidine-1-carboxy late [(+/-)37]

Prepared according General Procedure A9 to provide (+/-)37 as a dark amber solid (1.4 g, 43%): LCMS (M+H) 468. (+/-)-tert-Butyl 3-[(3-Cyanophenoxy)methyl]-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-methylpiper idine- 1-carboxylate [(+/-)38]

Prepared according General Procedure A5 to provide (+/-)38 as a crude amber oil (120 mg) that was suitable for use in the next step without purification: LCMS (M+H) 437. 3-{[(+/-)-cis-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-3-methylpiperidin-3-yl]met hoxy}benzonitrile

Hydrochloride [(+/-)B0568]

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide (+/-)B0568 as a white solid (84 mg, 40% over two steps): LCMS (M+H) 337; ¹ H NMR (500 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ 7.51–7.48 (m, 1H), 7.41–7.40 (m, 1H), 7.38–7.33 (m, 2H), 7.16 (d, J = 9.5 Hz, 2H), 6.88 (d, J = 9.5 Hz, 2H), 4.17 (d, J = 9.5 Hz, 1H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.74–3.70 (m, 2H), 3.62–3.59 (m, 1H), 2.34–3.16 (m, 1H), 3.07 (d, J = 13.0 Hz, 1H), 2.96 (dd, J = 13.5, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 1.94–1.90 (m, 1H), 1.00 (m, 3H). General Procedure A10: Preparation of 5-Methyl-3,4-Piperidine N-H Analogs Scheme 13

Preparation of 3-{[(+/-)-trans,cis-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-5-methylpiperidin-3- yl]methoxy}benzonitrile Hydrochloride [(+/-)B0548] and 3-{[(+/-)-trans,trans-4-(4- Methoxyphenyl)-5-methylpiperidin-3-yl]methoxy}benzonitrile Hydrochloride [(+/- )B0573]. (+/-)-1-tert-Butyl 3-Ethyl 5-Methyl-4-oxopiperidine-1,3-dicarboxylate [(+/-)40]

Triethylamine (2.2 mL, 13.8 mmol) was added to a solution of commercially available (+/-)- ethyl 5-methyl-4-oxopiperidine-3-carboxylate hydrochloride [(+/-)39, 2.5 g, 9.2 mmol] and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP, 20 mg) in anhydrous methylene chloride (10 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen, after which a solution of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (3.0 g, 13.8 mmol) in anhydrous methylene chloride (10 mL) was slowly added. The mixture was stirred for 4 h, after which it was diluted with water (30 mL) and the organic layer was collected. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (2:3), to (+/-)40 as a white solid (3.0 g, 87%): LCMS (M+H) 286. (+/-)-1-tert-Butyl 3-Ethyl 5-Methyl-4-{[(trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl]oxy}-5,6- dihydropyridine-1,3(2H)-dicarboxylate [(+/-)41]

Prepared according General Procedure A9 to provide (+/-)41 as a dark amber oil (3.8 g, 86%): LCMS (M+H) 418. (+/-)-1-tert-Butyl 3-Ethyl 4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-5-methyl-5,6-dihydropyridine-1,3(2H)- dicarboxylate [(+/-)42]

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide (+/-)42 as a crude amber oil (2.9 g) that was used without further purification in the next step: LCMS (M+H) 376. (+/-)-1-tert-Butyl 3-Ethyl cis,cis/trans-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-5-methylpiperidine-1,3- dicarboxylate [(+/-)43]

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide (+/-)43 as an amber oil (1.6 g, 53% over two steps): LCMS (M+H) 378. (+/-)-1-tert-Butyl 3-Ethyl trans,cis/trans-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-5-methylpiperidine-1,3- dicarboxylate [(+/-)44]

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide (+/-)44 as a crude amber oil (1.6 g) that was used without further purification in the next step: LCMS (M+H) 378. (+/-)-1-tert-Butyl trans,cis/trans-3-(Hydroxymethyl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-5- methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate [(+/-)45]

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide (+/-)45 as a crude amber oil (900 mg) that was used without further purification in the next step: LCMS (M+H) 336. (+/-)-1-tert-Butyl trans,cis/trans-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-3-methyl-5- {[(methylsulfonyl)oxy]methyl}piperidine-1-carboxylate [(+/-)46]

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide (+/-)46 as a light yellow oil (600 mg, 56% over three steps): LCMS (M+H) 414. (+/-)-tert-Butyl trans,cis/trans-3-[(3-Cyanophenoxy)methyl]-4-(4-methoxypheny l)-5- methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate [(+/-)47]

Prepared according General Procedure A5 to provide (+/-)47 as a crude amber oil (155 mg) that was suitable for use in the next step without purification: LCMS (M+H) 437. 3-{[(+/-)-trans,cis-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-5-methylpiperidin-3- yl]methoxy}benzonitrile Hydrochloride [(+/-)B0548] and 3-{[(+/-)-trans,trans-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-5- methylpiperidin-3-yl]methoxy}benzonitrile Hydrochloride [(+/-)B0573].

Prepared according General Procedure A1 (+/-)B0548 was isolated as a white solid (15 mg, 16% over two steps): LCMS (M+H) 337; ¹ H NMR (500 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ 7.40–7.37 (m, 1H), 7.27–7.25 (m, 1H), 7.18–7.14 (m, 2H), 7.11–7.09 (m, 2H), 6.91 (d, J = 10.5 Hz, 2H), 3.96 (dd, J = 10.0, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.84–3.79 (m, 1H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.67 (dd, J = 12.5, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.38 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 2H), 3.19–3.12 (m, 2H), 2.91–2.84 (m, 1H), 2.27–2.22 (m, 1H), 0.99 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 3H). Also, (+/-)B0573 was isolated as a white solid (17 mg, 18% over two steps): LCMS (M+H) 337; ¹ H NMR (500 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ 7.40 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.16–7.08 (m, 4H), 6.92–6.90 (m, 1H), 3.77–3.73 (m, 4H), 3.67–3.62 (m, 2H), 3.49–3.44 (m, 1H), 3.38–3.33 (m, 1H), 3.18–3.12 (m, 1H), 2.85 (t, J = 12.5 Hz, 1H), 2.51 (t, J = 11.5 Hz, 1H), 2.48–2.34 (m, 1H), 2.10–2.07 (m, 1H), 0.76 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 3H). General Procedure A11: Preparation of 2-Substituted-3,4-Piperidine N-H Analogs Scheme 14a

Preparation of (-)- 6‐{[(trans,trans)‐4‐(4‐methoxyphenyl)‐2‐methylpi peridin‐3‐yl]methoxy}‐2,3‐dihydro‐1H ‐isoindol‐1‐one [(-)B0699] Ethyl (2Z)-3-[[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino]but-2-enoate (48)

Into a 100-mL round-bottom flask, was placed a mixture of ethyl 3-oxobutanoate (1 g, 7.68 mmol, 1.00 equiv), (4-methoxyphenyl)methanamine (1.05 g, 7.65 mmol, 1.00 equiv), iodine (195 mg, 0.77 mmol, 0.10 equiv). The resulting mixture was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. The mixture was diluted with 20 mL of DCM. The resulting solution was washed with 2x30 mL of H ₂ O. The organic solution was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. This resulted in 2 g (crude) of 48 as a yellow oil. Ethyl 4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-2-methyl-1,4 - dihydropyridine-3-carboxylate (49) Into a 100-mL round-bottom flask, was placed a solution of ethyl (2Z)-3-[(4- methoxyphenyl)amino]but-2-enoate (48, 1 g, 4.25 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and (3E)-4-(4- methoxyphenyl)but-3-en-2-one (1.54 g, 8.74 mmol, 2.06 equiv) in ethanol (20 mL). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 60 ^o C. The resulting solution was concentrated under vacuum. This resulted in 2.4 g (crude) of 49 as a yellow oil. (+/-)-ethyl (cis, cis)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-methylpiperidine-3-carboxylate [(+/-)50] Into a 2000-mL pressure tank reactor, was placed a solution of ethyl 4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1- [(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-2-methyl-1,4-dihydropyridine-3-car boxylate (49, 77 g, 195.69 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and PtO ₂ (7 g) in ethanol (1000 mL). The resulting solution was hydrogenated at 1.5 MPa and stirred overnight at room temperature. The solids were filtered out. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (700 mL), then Pd(OH) ₂ (77 g) and AcOH (70 mL) was added to the solution. The resulting mixture was hydrogenated at 50 psi and stirred at rt for 3h. The solids were filtered out. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. This resulted in 60 g (77%) of (+/-)50 as a light yellow oil. (+/-)-3-Ethyl (cis,cis)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-methylpiperidine-1,3-dicarbo xylate [(+/- )51] Into a 100-mL round-bottom flask, was placed a solution of ethyl (2S,3S,4S)-4-(4- methoxyphenyl)-2-methylpiperidine-3-carboxylate [(+/-)50, 200 mg, 0.72 mmol, 1.00 equiv], Boc ₂ O (318.4 mg, 1.46 mmol, 2.02 equiv) and TEA (145.8 mg, 1.44 mmol, 2.00 equiv) in DCM (10 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by Flash-Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (IntelFlash-1): Column, silica gel; mobile phase, EA:PE=05 increasing to EA:PE=60% within 30 min; Detector, UV 254 nm. 100 mg product was obtained. This resulted in 100 mg (37%) of (+/-)51 as a yellow oil. (+/-)-1-tert-butyl 3-ethyl (trans, trans)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-methylpiperidine-1,3- dicarboxylate [(+/-)52]

Into a 500-mL round-bottom flask, was placed a solution of (+/-)-1-tert-butyl 3-ethyl (cis, cis)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-methylpiperidine-1,3-dicarboxylat e [(+/-)51, 10 g, 26.49 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and sodium ethoxide (3.6 g, 52.90 mmol, 2.00 equiv) in ethanol (200 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at 60 ^o C. The resulting solution was extracted with 2x200 mL of DCM and the organic layers combined. The organic solution was washed with 2x200 mL of H ₂ O and concentrated under vacuum. This resulted in 10 g (100%) of (+/-)52 as a yellow oil. (+/-)-tert-butyl (trans, trans)-3-(hydroxymethyl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2- methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate [(+/-)53]

Into a 100-mL 3-necked round-bottom flask, was placed a mixture of (+/-)-1-tert-butyl 3- ethyl (trans, trans)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-methylpiperidine-1,3-dicarboxyl ate [(+/-)52, 5 g, 13.25 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and LiAlH ₄ (680 mg, 17.89 mmol, 1.51 equiv) in THF (50 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred for 2 h at 0 ^o C. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 100 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 2x100 mL of dichloromethane and the organic layers combined, then concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by Flash-Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (IntelFlash-1): Column, silica gel; mobile phase, EA:PE=0% increasing to EA:PE=100% within 50 min; Detector, UV 254 nm. 2.8675 g product was obtained. This resulted in 2.86 g (64%) of (+/-)53 as a white solid. LC-MS (ES, m/z): 280[M-55]; ¹ H-NMR (400MHz, CD ₃ OD,ppm): 7.17 (d, J=8.8Hz, 2H),7.85 (m, J=8.4Hz, 2H), 4.39 (t, J=4.4Hz, 1H), 4.14 (t, J=6.4Hz, 1H), 3.73(s, 3H), 3.62~3.57(m, 1H), 3.34~3.21(m, 2H), 3.07~3.01(m, 1H), 2.52~2.45(m, 1H), 1.89~1.74(m, 2H), 1.73~1.60(m, 1H), 1.55~1.53(m, 9H), 1.15(d, J=6.4Hz, 3H) (-)-tert-butyl (trans, trans)-3-(hydroxymethyl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2- methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate [(-)53] 11.04 g of (+/-)-tert-butyl (trans, trans)-3-(hydroxymethyl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2- methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate [(+/-)53] was purified by supercritical fluid chromatography (Thar 350 preparative SFC, ChiralPak AD-10μ 300x50mm, 25% isopropanol/0.05%

DEA/CO ₂ ) to yield 4.42 g of (-)53 as a white solid. LC-MS (ES, m/z): 280[M-55]; ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 7.25– 7.03 (m, J = 8.6, 2H), 6.86 (d, J = 8.6, 2H), 4.37 (s, 1H), 4.13 (p, J = 6.6, 1H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.64– 3.52 (m, 1H), 3.33 (s, 4H), 3.22 (dt, J = 13.4, 6.8, 2H), 3.04 (d, J = 4.7, 1H), 2.48– 2.41 (m, 1H), 1.91– 1.67 (m, 2H), 1.61 (tt, J = 10.0, 5.0, 1H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.17 (d, J = 6.7, 3H); OR = -40.3° (5.4 mg/mL in MeOH). (-)-tert‐butyl 6‐{[(trans,

trans)‐1‐[(tert‐butoxy)carbonyl]‐4‐(4‐methoxy phenyl)‐2‐methylpiperidin‐3‐yl]methoxy}‐ 1‐oxo‐2,3‐dihydro‐1H‐isoindole‐2‐carboxylate [(-)54]

An oven-dried flask was brought to room temperature under vacuum, then purged with nitrogen. (-)-tert-butyl (trans, trans)-3-(hydroxymethyl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2- methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate [(-)53, previously dried in a 50°C vacuum oven overnight, 4.5 g, 13.4 mmol) was dissolved in dry THF (100 mL) and chilled on an ice bath. Tri-n-butyl phosphine (5.0 mL, 20.1 mmol, 1.5 eq was added, followed by 1,1’- (azodicarbonyl)dipiperidine (5.1 g, 20.1 mmol, 1.5 eq) and the resulting mixture stirred cold for two hr. tert‐Butyl 6‐hydroxy‐1‐oxo‐2,3‐dihydro‐1H‐isoindole‐2� �carboxylate (4.0 g, 16.1 mmol, 1.2 eq) was added, the ice bath was removed, and the reaction was stirred at rt overnight. The mixture was filtered and concentrated. The residue was taken up in a minimal amount of EtOAc, and purified by flash column chromatography (5% - 40%

EtOAc/hexanes) to yield 7.4 g of (-)54 as a white solid (97%). LCMS (M-Boc-tBu) 411. (-)-6‐{[(trans,

trans)‐4‐(4‐methoxyphenyl)‐2‐methylpiperidin‐ 3‐yl]methoxy}‐2,3‐dihydro‐1H‐isoindol‐1 ‐one [(-)B0699)]

To a solution of (-)-tert‐butyl 6‐{[(trans,

trans)‐1‐[(tert‐butoxy)carbonyl]‐4‐(4‐methoxy phenyl)‐2‐methylpiperidin‐3‐yl]methoxy}‐1‐o xo‐2,3‐dihydro‐1H‐isoindole‐2‐carboxylate [(-)54, 1.7 g, 3.0 mmol] in DCM (20 mL) was added TFA (10 mL). After 90 minutes, the reaction was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in DCM (20 mL) and shaken with 1 N NaOH (10 mL). The layers were separated, and the aqueous extracted twice more with DCM. The combined organics were washed with brine, filtered through cotton, and concentrated to yield 0.86 g (78%) of (-)B0699 as a white solid. LCMS (MH+) 367. ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.88– 8.71 (m, J = 9.5, 1H), 8.70 – 8.45 (m, 2H), 7.44 (d, J = 8.3, 1H), 7.08 (d, J = 8.5, 3H), 7.00 (d, J = 2.2, 1H), 6.87 (d, J = 8.6, 2H), 4.27 (s, 2H), 3.99 (d, J = 8.5, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.52 (d, J = 7.7, 1H), 3.48– 3.34 (m, 2H), 3.20– 3.05 (m, 1H), 3.00 (dt, J = 16.5, 8.4, 1H), 2.06 (t, J = 11.0, 1H), 2.0– 1.85 (m, 2H), 1.34 (d, J = 6.4, 3H). Scheme 14b H

KCl, Pd(OAc) ₂ , DMF, 90 ^o C

55 56

2. HCl (aq.)

Preparation of (-)- 6‐{[(trans)‐4‐[3‐(2‐methoxyethoxy)phenyl]‐2‐me thylpiperidin‐3‐yl]methoxy}‐2,3‐dihydr o‐1H‐isoindol‐1‐one [(-)B1415] 1-Iodo-3-(2-methoxyethoxy)benzene (55)

Into a 2000-mL round-bottom flask, was placed a solution of 3-iodophenol (50 g, 227.26 mmol, 1.00 equiv), potassium carbonate (94.1 g, 680.85 mmol, 3.00 equiv) and 1-bromo-2- methoxyethane (94.1 g, 677.02 mmol, 3.00 equiv) in ACN (1000 mL). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 80 ^o C. The resulting solution was diluted with 500 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3x200 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined, then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. This resulted in 50 g (79%) of 55 as a light-yellow oil. (2E)-3-[3-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenyl]prop-2-enal (56) Into a 2000-mL round-bottom flask, which was purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was placed a solution of 1-iodo-3-(2-methoxyethoxy)benzene (55, 63 g, 226.55 mmol, 1.00 equiv), n-BuNOAc (136.5 g, 451.99 mmol, 2.00 equiv), potassium carbonate (46.8 g, 338.62 mmol, 1.50 equiv), KCl (16.84 g, 226.04 mmol, 1.00 equiv), Pd(OAc)2 (1.52 g, 6.77 mmol, 0.03 equiv) and 3,3-diethoxyprop-1-ene (88.4 g, 679.03 mmol, 3.00 equiv) in DMF (500 mL). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 90 ^o C. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature with a water/ice bath. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 4 with 1N hydrogen chloride. The mixture was stirred at rt for 20 min. The resulting solution was extracted with 3x200 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined, then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1:2) as eluent. This resulted in 30 g (64%) of 56 as a yellow semi-solid. Ethyl 4-[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenyl]-1-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-2- methyl-1,4- dihydropyridine-3-carboxylate (57) Into a 1000-mL round-bottom flask, was placed a solution of (2E)-3-[4-(2- methoxyethoxy)phenyl]prop-2-enal (56, 35 g, 169.71 mmol, 1.00 equiv), proline (3.4 g, 29.53 mmol, 0.17 equiv) and ethyl (2E)-3-[[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino]but-2-enoate (50.8 g, 203.77 mmol, 1.20 equiv) in ethanol (500 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 3 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 200 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3x100 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined, then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1:2). This resulted in 44 g (59%) of 57 as a yellow oil. (+/-)-Ethyl (cis, cis)‐4‐[3‐(2‐methoxyethoxy)phenyl]‐2‐methylpiper idine‐3‐carboxylate [(+/-)58]

Into a 2-L pressure tank reactor, was placed a mixture of ethyl 4-[3-(2- methoxyethoxy)phenyl]-1-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-2-methyl-1 ,4-dihydropyridine-3- carboxylate (57, 50 g, 114.28 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and PtO ₂ (4 g) in ethanol (1000 mL). The resulting solution was hydrogenated at 1.5 MPa and stirred overnight at room temperature. The solids were filtered out. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in MeOH (500 mL), then Pd(OH) ₂ (50 g) and AcOH(50 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was hydrogenated at 50 psi and stirred for 3h at room temperature. The solids were filtered out. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. This resulted in 23 g (63%) of (+/-)58 as a yellow oil. (+/-)-1-tert-Butyl 3-ethyl (cis, cis)-1-tert-butyl 3-ethyl 4-(3-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenyl)-2- methylpiperidine-1,3-dicarboxylate [(+/-)59] Into a 1000-mL round-bottom flask, was placed a solution of (+/-)-ethyl (cis, cis)‐4‐[3‐(2‐methoxyethoxy)phenyl]‐2‐methylpiper idine‐3‐carboxylate [(+/-)58, 23 g, 71.56 mmol, 1.00 equiv], (Boc) ₂ O (31.24 g, 143.30 mmol, 2.00 equiv) and TEA (21.3 g, 210.47 mmol, 3.00 equiv) in DCM (300 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 3 h at room temperature, then concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1:2) as eluent. This resulted in 26 g (86%) of (+/- )59 as a yellow oil. (+/-)-1‐tert‐Butyl 3‐ethyl (trans, trans)‐4‐[3‐(2‐methoxyethoxy)phenyl]‐2‐methylpip eridine‐1,3‐dicarboxylate [(+/-)60] Into a 500-mL round-bottom flask, was placed a solution of (+/-)-1-tert-butyl 3-ethyl (cis, cis)-1-tert-butyl 3-ethyl 4-(3-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenyl)-2-methylpiperidine-1,3- dicarboxylate [(+/-)59, 22 g, 52.19 mmol, 1.00 equiv] in freshly distilled ethanol (100 mL). EtONa (104 mL, 1 mol/L, 2.00 equiv) was added at 60 ^o C . The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at 60 ^o C, then cooled to rt with a water/ice bath. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 300 mL of saturated NH ₄ Cl. The resulting solution was extracted with 3x100 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The organic solution was washed with brine (3x200 mL) and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, then concentrated under vacuum. This resulted in 19.8 g (90%) of (+/-)60 as a light-yellow oil. (+/-)-tert‐Butyl (trans, trans)‐3‐(hydroxymethyl)‐4‐[3‐(2‐methoxyethoxy)p henyl]‐2‐methylpiperidine‐1‐carboxy late [(+/-)61] Into a 1000-mL 3-necked round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was placed a suspension of LAH (5.59 g, 147 mmol, 2.00 equiv) in THF (200 mL). This was followed by the addition of a solution of (+/-)-1‐tert‐butyl 3‐ethyl (trans, trans)‐4‐[3‐(2‐methoxyethoxy)phenyl]‐2‐methylpip eridine‐1,3‐dicarboxylate [(+/-)60, 31 g, 73.54 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in THF (300 mL) dropwise with stirring at 0 ^o C. The resulting solution was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C with a water/ice bath. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 5.9 mL of water.(0.04 mL water permmol LAH) and stirred at rt for 15min. Then 5.9 mL of 15% NaOH(0.04 mL 15% NaOH per/mmol LAH) was added and stirred at rt for 15min. To this was added 14.7 mL of water (0.1 mL water permmol LAH) and the mixture stirred at rt for 15min. The solids were filtered out through celite. The filtrate was extracted with 3x100 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The organic solution was washed with brine (3x200 mL) and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, then concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1:1). This resulted in 23 g (82%) of (+/-)61 as a pink semi-solid. LCMS (ES, m/z): 380 [M+H] ⁺ ; ¹ H NMR400MHz ,CD3OD, ppm): 7.2(t, J=8.0Hz, 1H), 6.8(d, J=6.4Hz, 2H), 6.7(d, J=8.0Hz, 1H),4.4(t, J=4.4Hz, 1H), 4.1(m, 3H), 3.6(m, 3H), 3.3(s, 3H), 3.2(m, 2H), 3.0(m, 1H),2.5 (s, 1H), 1.8(m, 2H), 1.7(m, 1H), 1.68(m, 1H), 1.6(s, 9H), 1.1(d, J=6.0Hz, 3H).

(-)-tert‐Butyl (trans, trans)‐3‐(hydroxymethyl)‐4‐[3‐(2‐methoxyethoxy)p henyl]‐2‐methylpiperidine‐1‐carboxy late [(-)61]

14.7 g of tert‐butyl (trans, trans)‐3‐(hydroxymethyl)‐4‐[3‐(2‐methoxyethoxy)p henyl]‐2‐methylpiperidine‐1‐carboxylate [(+/-)61] was purified by supercritical fluid chromatography (Thar 200 preparative SFC, ChiralPak AD-10μ 300x50mm, 25% isopropanol/0.05% DEA/CO ₂ ) to yield 6.3 g (-)61 as a white solid. LC-MS (ES, m/z, M-tBu): 324.1; ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ) δ 7.24 (t, J = 8.1, 1H), 6.88– 6.82 (m, 2H), 6.80 (dd, J = 7.9, 2.0, 1H), 4.24– 4.16 (m, 1H), 4.16– 4.10 (m, 2H), 3.91– 3.80 (m, 1H), 3.78 (dd, J = 5.4, 3.9, 2H), 3.51 (dd, J = 11.3, 3.6, 1H), 3.48 (s, 3H), 3.39 (dd, J = 11.4, 4.7, 1H), 3.34– 3.23 (m, 1H), 2.69– 2.59 (m, 1H), 2.14– 1.99 (m, 1H), 1.92– 1.80 (m, 1H), 1.78– 1.69 (m, 1H), 1.51 (s, 9H), 1.29 (d, J = 6.8, 3H); OR = -33.1 (4.1 mg/mL in MeOH) (-)-tert‐Butyl (trans, trans)‐4‐[3‐(2‐methoxyethoxy)phenyl]‐2‐methyl‐ 3‐{[(3‐oxo‐2,3‐dihydro‐1H‐isoindol‐5‐yl) oxy]methyl}piperidine‐1‐carboxylate [(-)62]

To an ice-cold solution of (-)-tert‐butyl (trans, trans)‐3‐(hydroxymethyl)‐4‐[3‐(2‐methoxyethoxy)p henyl]‐2‐methylpiperidine‐1‐carboxylate [(-)61, 5.3 g, 14.0 mmol] in tert-butylmethylether (25 mL) was added trimethylamine (2.5 mL, 18.2 mmol, 1.3 eq) followed by mesylchloride dropwise (1.4 mL, 18.2 mmol, 1.3 eq) to yield a thick white suspension. The ice bath was removed, and the reaction was stirred at rt for 2 hr. To the reaction was added 25 mL ice water, and the mixture stirred vigorously for 45 minutes, and then for an additional 15 minutes in an ice bath. The mixture was filtered and washed 3X 20 mL water and dried under vacuum in the filter funnel, then in a rt vacuum oven for 24 hours to yield 5.5 g of the mesylate as a white solid. A 250 mL 2-neck flask was oven-dried, brought to rt under vacuum, and purged with nitrogen. Cesium carbonate (7.8 g, 24.0 mmol, 2.0 eq) and 6‐hydroxy‐2,3‐dihydro‐1H‐isoindol‐1‐one (2.2 g, 15.0 mmol, 1.25 eq) were added, followed by isopropyl alcohol (previously dried over 3 angstrom molecular sieves, 75 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred with an overhead mechanical stirrer under nitrogen for 2.5 hr, and then the mesylate was added (5.5 g, 12.0 mmol). The mixture was heated at 70°C overnight. The reaction was cooled to rt, filtered of inorganics, and concentrated. The crude product was purified by normal phase chromatography (120 g Biotage Zip Sphere column; 8% - 70% acetone/hexanes) to yield 3.7 g (60%) of (-)62 as a white solid. LC-MS (ES, m/z, M-tBu): 455.3. (-)-6‐{[(trans,

trans)‐4‐[3‐(2‐methoxyethoxy)phenyl]‐2‐methyl piperidin‐3‐yl]methoxy}‐2,3‐dihydro‐1H ‐isoindol‐1‐one [(-)B1415]

To a solution of (-)-tert‐butyl (trans, trans)‐4‐[3‐(2‐methoxyethoxy)phenyl]‐2‐methyl‐ 3‐{[(3‐oxo‐2,3‐dihydro‐1H‐isoindol‐5‐yl)ox y]methyl}piperidine‐1‐carboxylate [(-)62, 6.2 g, 12.1 mmol] in methanol (20 mL) was added 1N HCl/EtOAc (61 mL, 61 mmol, 5 eq) and the resulting solution was stirred at rt overnight. The reaction was concentrated to a white foam, which was triturated with diethyl ether, then dried under high vacuum overnight to yield 5.8 g (quant.) (-)B1415 as a white solid. LCMS (ES, m/z, MH+): 411.2. ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.93 (d, J = 20.5, 2H), 8.54 (s, 1H), 7.44 (d, J = 8.3, 1H), 7.21 (t, J = 7.9, 1H), 7.10 (dd, J = 8.3, 2.3, 1H), 7.02 (d, J = 2.2, 1H), 6.79 (dd, J = 8.2, 2.1, 1H), 6.75 (d, J = 7.6, 1H), 6.69 (s, 1H), 4.26 (s, 2H), 4.07– 3.92 (m, 2H), 3.91– 3.79 (m, 1H), 3.56 (t, J = 4.5, 2H), 3.50 (d, J = 7.8, 1H), 3.25 (s, 3H), 3.18– 2.93 (m, 2H), 2.18 (t, J = 10.9, 1H), 2.06 (ddd, J = 16.0, 13.3, 3.4, 1H), 1.92 (d, J = 12.3, 1H), 1.37 (d, J = 6.4, 3H). Scheme 14c

Preparation of (+/-)-6‐{[(trans, trans)‐2‐methyl‐4‐[3‐(methylsulfanyl)phenyl]piperi din‐3‐yl]methoxy}‐2,3‐dihydro‐1H‐is oindol‐1‐one [(+/-)71] (+/-)-3‐[(trans, trans)‐3‐(hydroxymethyl)‐2‐methylpiperidin‐4‐yl] phenol [(+/-)64]

Into a 500-mL 3-necked round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was placed a solution of (+/-)-tert-butyl (trans, trans)-3-(hydroxymethyl)-4-(3- methoxyphenyl)-2-methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate [(+/-)63, prepared according to Scheme 14a, 10.5 g, 31.30 mmol, 1.00 equiv] in DCM (100 mL). This was followed by the addition of BBr ₃ (19.59 g, 78.36 mmol, 2.50 equiv) dropwise with stirring at 0 ^o C. The resulting solution was stirred for 1h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of water. The pH value of the mixture was adjusted to 8 with 1N sodium hydroxide. The resulting mixture was extracted with 100 mL of DCM. The organic solution was concentrated under vacuum. This resulted in 6 g (87%) of (+/-)64 as an off-white solid. (+/-)-tert-Butyl (trans, trans)-3-(hydroxymethyl)-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-2- methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate [(+/-)65] Into a 500-mL round-bottom flask, was placed a solution of (+/-)-3-[(trans, trans)-3- (hydroxymethyl)-2-methylpiperidin-4-yl]phenol [(+/-)64, 6.85 g, 30.95 mmol, 1.00 equiv] and TEA (9.58 g, 94.67 mmol, 3.00 equiv) in DCM (200 mL). This was followed by the addition of tert-butyl dicarbonate (8.78 g, 40.23 mmol, 1.30 equiv) at 0 ^o C. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature and diluted with 100 mL of water. The resulting mixture was extracted with 3x60 mL of DCM and the organic layers combined, then concentrated under vacuum. This resulted in 9 g (90%) of (+/-)65 as an off-white solid. (+/-)-tert-butyl (trans, trans)-3-(hydroxymethyl)-2-methyl-4-[3- [(trifluoromethane)sulfonyloxy]phenyl]piperidine-1-carboxyla te [(+/-)66] Into a 200-mL round-bottom flask, was placed a solution of (+/-)-tert-butyl (trans, trans)-3- (hydroxymethyl)-4-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-2-methylpiperidine-1-car boxylate [(+/-)65, 9 g, 28.00 mmol, 1.00 equiv)] and TEA (8.57 g, 84.69 mmol, 3.00 equiv) in DCM (200 mL). This was followed by the addition of (trifluoromethane)sulfonyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (15.82 g, 56.07 mmol, 2.00 equiv) dropwise with stirring at 0 ^o C. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 100 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3x100 mL of dichloromethane and the organic layers combined, then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1:5). This resulted in 6 g (47%) of (+/-)66 as a yellow oil. (+/-)-tert-Butyl (trans, trans)-3-[[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]methyl]-2-methyl-4-[ 3- [(trifluoromethane)sulfonyloxy]phenyl]piperidine-1-carboxyla te [(+/-)67] Into a 250-mL round-bottom flask, was placed a solution of (+/-)-tert-butyl (trans, trans)-3- (hydroxymethyl)-2-methyl-4-[3-[(trifluoromethane)sulfonyloxy ]phenyl]piperidine-1- carboxylate [(+/-)66, 3 g, 6.62 mmol, 1.00 equiv], imidazole (1.35 g, 19.85 mmol, 3.00 equiv) and tert-butyl(chloro)dimethylsilane (2.99 g, 19.84 mmol, 3.00 equiv) in DCM (80 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 3 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 100 mL of water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3x100 mL of dichloromethane and the organic layers combined, then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1:5). This resulted in 3 g (80%) of (+/-)67 as a yellow oil. (+/-)-tert-Butyl (trans, trans)-4-[3-(acetylsulfanyl)phenyl]-3-[[(tert- butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]methyl]-2-methylpiperidine-1-carboxyl ate [(+/-)68] Into a 5-mL vial purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of argon, was placed a solution of (+/-)-tert-butyl (trans, trans)-3-[[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]methyl]-2-methyl-4- [3-[(trifluoromethane)sulfonyloxy]phenyl]piperidine-1-carbox ylate [(+/-)67, 1 g, 1.76 mmol, 1.00 equiv], Pd ₂ (dba) ₃ .CHCl ₃ (45.54 mg, 0.04 mmol, 0.03 equiv), 1- (potassiomsulfanyl)ethan-1-one (300.96 mg, 2.64 mmol, 1.50 equiv), Xantphos (59.92 mg, 0.10 mmol, 0.05 equiv) and DIEA (454.93 mg, 3.52 mmol, 2.00 equiv) in dioxane (3 mL). The final reaction mixture was irradiated with microwave radiation for 30 min at 160 ^o C. The reaction was then quenched by water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3x30 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The organic solution was washed with 2x100 mL of brine and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, then concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1:10). This resulted in 260 mg (30%) of (+/-)68 as a yellow oil. (+/-)-tert-Butyl (trans, trans)-3-[[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]methyl]-2-methyl-4-[ 3- (methylsulfanyl)phenyl]piperidine-1-carboxylate [(+/-)69] Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was placed a solution of (+/-)-tert-butyl (trans, trans)-4-[3-(acetylsulfanyl)phenyl]- 3-[[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]methyl]-2-methylpiperidine- 1-carboxylate [(+/-)68, 600 mg, 1.22 mmol, 1.00 equiv] and CH ₃ I (205.9 mg, 1.45 mmol, 1.20 equiv) in ethanol (6 mL), then 1N sodium hydroxide (1.46 mL, 1.20 equiv) was added to the solution. The resulting solution was stirred for 1 h at 0 ^o C. The reaction was then quenched by water. The resulting solution was extracted with 3x30 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The organic solution was washed with 3x60 mL of brine and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, then concentrated under vacuum. This resulted in 450 mg (80%) of (+/-)69 as a yellow oil. (+/-)-tert-butyl (trans, trans)-3-(hydroxymethyl)-2-methyl-4-[3- (methylsulfanyl)phenyl]piperidine-1-carboxylate [(+/-)70] Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was placed a solution of tert-butyl (+/-)-tert-butyl (trans, trans)-3-[[(tert- butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]methyl]-2-methyl-4-[3-(methylsulfanyl )phenyl]piperidine-1- carboxylate [(+/-)69, 465 mg, 1.00 mmol, 1.00 equiv] in THF (5 mL). This was followed by the addition of TBAF (1mol/L in tetrahydrofuran) (2 mL, 2.00 equiv) dropwise with stirring at 0 ^o C. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by water/ice. The resulting solution was extracted with 3x30 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The organic solution was washed with 3x50 mL of brine and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, then concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1:3). This resulted in 320 mg (91%) of (+/-)70 as a yellow oil. (+/-)-6‐{[(trans,

trans)‐2‐methyl‐4‐[3‐(methylsulfanyl)phenyl]pip eridin‐3‐yl]methoxy}‐2,3‐dihydro‐1H‐is oindol‐1‐one [(+/-)71] (+/-)71 may be prepared from (+/-)-tert-butyl (trans, trans)-3-(hydroxymethyl)-2-methyl-4- [3-(methylsulfanyl)phenyl]piperidine-1-carboxylate [(+/-)70] according to Scheme 14a. LCMS (M+H) 383.1. Scheme 14d

Preparation of (+/-)-6‐{[(trans, trans)‐4‐(3‐methanesulfonylphenyl)‐2‐methylpiperid in‐3‐yl]methoxy}‐2,3‐dihydro‐1H‐is oindol‐1‐one (74) (2E)-3-(3-methanesulfonylphenyl)-N-methoxy-N-methylprop-2-en amide (72) Into a 1000-mL round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was placed a solution of 1-bromo-3-methanesulfonylbenzene (40 g, 170.14 mmol, 1.00 equiv), N-methoxy-N-methylprop-2-enamide (29.52 g, 256.40 mmol, 1.50 equiv) and sodium acetate (27.88 g, 339.86 mmol, 2.00 equiv) in DMF (500 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 30 min. Then P(o-Tol) ₃ (5.175 g, 17.00 mmol, 0.10 equiv) and Pd(OAc) ₂ (1.9 g, 8.46 mmol, 0.05 equiv) was added to the solution. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 120 ^o C. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 500 mL of water. The resulting mixture was extracted with 3x200 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The organic solution was washed with 3x500 mL of brine and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solids were filtered out. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was re-crystallized from ethyl acetate:hexane in the ratio of 1:20. This resulted in 36.6 g (80%) of 72 as a yellow solid. (2E)-3-(3-methanesulfonylphenyl)prop-2-enal (73) Into a 100-mL round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was placed a solution of (2E)-3-(3-methanesulfonylphenyl)-N-methoxy-N- methylprop-2-enamide (72, 2.69 g, 9.99 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and DIBAL-H (1N in hexane, 20 mL, 2.00 equiv) in THF (30 mL, distilled). The resulting solution was stirred for 2h at -78 ^o C. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 50 mL of 1N hydrogen chloride at -78 ^o C. The resulting mixture was extracted with 3x20 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined, then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1:1). This resulted in 1.6 g (76%) of 73 as a yellow solid.

(+/-)-6‐{[(trans,

trans)‐4‐(3‐methanesulfonylphenyl)‐2‐methylpipe ridin‐3‐yl]methoxy}‐2,3‐dihydro‐1H‐is oindol‐1‐one [(+/-)74]

(+/-)74 may be prepared from (2E)-3-(3-methanesulfonylphenyl)prop-2-enal (73) according to Scheme 14a. LCMS (M+H) 415.1. Scheme 14e

(+/-)79

Preparation of (+/-)- 6‐{[(2R,3S)‐4‐(3,4‐dihydro‐2H‐1‐benzopyran‐7 ‐yl)‐2‐methylpiperidin‐3‐yl]methoxy}‐2,3‐ dihydro‐1H‐isoindol‐1‐one [(+/-)79]

3-(3-Bromophenoxy)propanoic acid (75) Into a 2-L 3-necked round-bottom flask, was placed a solution of NaOH (120 g) in water (2000 mL), 3-bromophenol (519 g, 3.00 mol, 1.00 equiv). This was followed by the addition of a solution of 3-bromopropanoic acid (459 g, 3.00 mol, 1.00 equiv) and NaOH (120 g) in water (3000 mL) dropwise with stirring at 100 ^o C. The resulting solution was stirred for 48 h at 100 ^o C. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 ^o C with a water/ice bath. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 1 with hydrogen chloride (12 mol/L). The solids were collected by filtration. The crude product was washed with water and n-pentane. This resulted in 110 g (15%) of 75 as an off-white solid. 7-Bromo-3,4-dihydro-2H-1-benzopyran-4-one (76) Into a 250-mL 3-necked round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was placed 3-(3-bromophenoxy)propanoic acid (75, 20 g, 81.61 mmol, 1.00 equiv), PCl ₅ (25.57 g, 122.79 mmol, 1.50 equiv). The mixture was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. This was followed by the addition of trichloroaluminum, (21.89 g, 164.17 mmol, 2.00 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred for 1 h at 130 ^o C. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of ice. The resulting solution was extracted with 3x60 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1:5). This resulted in 9.3 g (50%) of 76 as a yellow solid. 7-Bromo-3,4-dihydro-2H-1-benzopyran (77) Into a 1000-mL round-bottom flask, was placed a solution of 7-bromo-3,4-dihydro-2H-1- benzopyran-4-one (76, 60 g, 264.25 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in trifluoroacetic acid (600 mL), triethylsilane (154.2 g, 1.33 mol, 5.00 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 65 ^o C. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 8 with sodium bicarbonate. The resulting solution was extracted with 3x100 mL of dichloromethane and the organic layers combined. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1:15). This resulted in 35 g (62%) of 77 as colorless oil. (2E)-3-(3,4-Dihydro-2H-1-benzopyran-7-yl)prop-2-enal (78) Into a 1000-mL round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was placed a solution of 7-bromo-3,4-dihydro-2H-1-benzopyran (77, 35 g, 164.26 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in N,N-dimethylformamide (500 mL), n-Bu ₄ NOAc (99.7 g, 330.13 mmol, 2.00 equiv), potassium carbonate (34.15 g, 247.09 mmol, 1.50 equiv), KCl (12.3 g, 165.10 mmol, 1.00 equiv), Pd(OAc) ₂ (1.1 g, 4.90 mmol, 0.03 equiv), 3,3-diethoxyprop-1-ene (64.38 g, 494.53 mmol, 3.00 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 90 ^o C. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature with a water/ice bath. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 4 with hydrogen chloride (2 mol/L). The mixture was stirred for 30 mins at room temperature. The resulting solution was extracted with 3x100 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 3x500 mL of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1:5). This resulted in 9.3 g (30%) of 78 as a yellow oil. (-)- 6‐{[(2R,3S)‐4‐(3,4‐dihydro‐2H‐1‐benzopyran‐7 ‐yl)‐2‐methylpiperidin‐3‐yl]methoxy}‐2,3‐ dihydro‐1H‐isoindol‐1‐one [(+/-)79]

(+/-)79 may be prepared from (2E)-3-(3,4-dihydro-2H-1-benzopyran-7-yl)prop-2-enal (78) according to Scheme 14a. LCMS (M+H) 393.1. Scheme 14f

Preparation of (+/-)-6‐{[(trans, trans)‐4‐(3,4‐dihydro‐2H‐1‐benzopyran‐6‐yl)� ��2‐methylpiperidin‐3‐yl]methoxy}‐2,3‐dihy dro‐1H‐isoindol‐1‐one [(+/-)83]

3,4-Dihydro-2H-1-benzopyran (80) Into a 1000-mL round-bottom flask, was placed a solution of 3,4-dihydro-2H-1-benzopyran- 4-one (45 g, 303.73 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and Et ₃ SiH (176.63 g, 1.52 mol, 5.00 equiv) in trifluoroacetic acid (450 mL). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 65 ^o C. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of water (500 mL). The resulting solution was extracted with 2X300 mL of DCM and the organic layers combined, then concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1:10). This resulted in 28.77 g (71%) of 80 as a colorless oil.

6-Iodo-3,4-dihydro-2H-1-benzopyran (81)

Into a 1000-mL round-bottom flask, was placed a mixture of 3,4-dihydro-2H-1-benzopyran (80, 40.7 g, 303.33 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and AgNO ₃ (51.6 g, 303.89 mmol, 1.12 equiv), I ₂ (85.3 g, 335.83 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in methanol (400 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of saturated sodium thiosulfate (400 mL). The resulting solution was extracted with 3X200 mL of dichloromethane and the organic layers combined, then dried and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with dichloromethane/petroleum ether (1:1). This resulted in 39 g (49%) of 81 as a yellow oil. (2E)-3-(3,4-Dihydro-2H-1-benzopyran-6-yl)prop-2-enal (82)

Into a 2-L round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was placed a solution of 6-iodo-3,4-dihydro-2H-1-benzopyran (81, 52 g, 199.94 mmol, 1.00 equiv), n-BuNOAc (120.8 g, 400.00 mmol, 2.00 equiv), potassium carbonate (41.4 g, 299.54 mmol, 1.50 equiv), KCl (14.9 g, 200.00 mmol, 1.00 equiv), Pd(OAc) ₂ (1.35 g, 6.01 mmol, 0.03 equiv) and 3,3-diethoxyprop-1-ene (78 g, 599.15 mmol, 3.00 equiv) in DMF (500 mL). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 90 ^o C. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature with a water/ice bath. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 4 with 2N hydrogen chloride. The resulting solution was extracted with 3x200 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 3x500 mL of water. The mixture was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1:5). This resulted in 24 g (64%) of 82 as a yellow solid. (+/-)-6‐{[(trans,

trans)‐4‐(3,4‐dihydro‐2H‐1‐benzopyran‐6‐y l)‐2‐methylpiperidin‐3‐yl]methoxy}‐2,3‐dihy dro‐1H‐isoindol‐1‐one [(+/-)83]

(+/-)83 may be prepared from (2E)-3-(3,4-dihydro-2H-1-benzopyran-6-yl)prop-2-enal (82) according to Scheme 14a. LCMS (M+H) 393.3.

Preparation of (+/-)-6‐{[(trans, trans)‐4‐(1‐acetylpiperidin‐4‐yl)‐2‐methylpipe ridin‐3‐yl]methoxy}‐2,3‐dihydro‐1H‐isoin dol‐1‐one [(+/-)90] tert-Butyl 4-[(1E)-3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1-en-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylat e (84) Into a 1000-mL 3-necked round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was placed a solution of sodium hydride (18.24 g, 760.00 mmol, 1.80 equiv) in ethylene glycol dimethyl ether (300 mL). This was followed by the addition of ethyl 2-(diethoxyphosphoryl)acetate (102.22 g, 455.95 mmol, 1.80 equiv) dropwise with stirring at 0 ^o C. The resulting solution was stirred for 15 min at 0 ^o C.To this was added a solution of tert-butyl 4-formylpiperidine-1-carboxylate (54 g, 253.20 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in ethylene glycol dimethyl ether (200 mL) dropwise with stirring at 0 ^o C. The resulting solution was stirred for 10 min at 0 ^o C. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of water/ice. The resulting solution was extracted with 3x300 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 1x300 mL of brine. The mixture was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. This resulted in 71 g (99%) of 84 as a yellow oil. tert-Butyl 4-[(1E)-3-hydroxyprop-1-en-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate (85) Into a 2000-mL 3-necked round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was placed a solution of tert-butyl 4-[(1E)-3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1-en- 1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate (84, 65.1 g, 229.74 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran(distilled) (600 mL). This was followed by the addition of DIBAL-H (1M in hexane, 460 mL, 2.00 equiv) dropwise with stirring at 0 ^o C. The resulting solution was stirred for 1h at 0 ^o C. The reaction was poured in water/ice and filtered through celite. The product was extracted with 3x100 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined, then washed with 2x300 mL of brine. The organic solution was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1:1). This resulted in 32 g (58%) of 85 as a light yellow oil. tert-Butyl 4-[(1E)-3-oxoprop-1-en-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate (86) Into a 1000-mL round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was placed a solution of tert-butyl 4-[(1E)-3-hydroxyprop-1-en-1-yl]piperidine-1- carboxylate (85, 18 g, 74.59 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in DCM (500 mL). This was followed by the addition of Dess-Martin (38 g, 89.62 mmol, 1.20 equiv), in portions at 0 ^o C. The resulting solution was stirred for 30 min at room temperature.The reaction was then quenched by the addition of saturated sodium bicarbonate. The resulting solution was extracted with 3x100 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 3x100 mL of brine. The organic solution was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1:2). The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. This resulted in 14.3 g (80%) of 86 as a colorless oil.

(+/-)-Ethyl 4-[1-[(tert-butoxy)carbonyl]piperidin-4-yl]-1-[(4-methoxyphe nyl)methyl]-2- methylpiperidine-3-carboxylate [(+/-)87]

(+/-)87 may be prepared from tert-butyl 4-[(1E)-3-oxoprop-1-en-1-yl]piperidine-1- carboxylate (86) according to Scheme 14a.

(+/-)-Ethyl 1-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-2-methyl-4-(piperidin-4-yl)piper idine-3- carboxylate [(+/-)88] Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask, was placed a solution of (+/-)-ethyl 4-[1-[(tert- butoxy)carbonyl]piperidin-4-yl]-1-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]- 2-methylpiperidine-3- carboxylate [(+/-)87, 474 mg, 1.00 mmol, 1.00 equiv] in ethyl acetate (10 mL). HCl (gas) was introducted to the resulting solution and stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. This resulted in 340 mg (91%) of (+/-)88 as an off-white solid. (+/-)-Ethyl 4-(1-acetylpiperidin-4-yl)-1-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-2-met hylpiperidine- 3-carboxylate [(+/-)89] Into a 250-mL 3-necked round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was placed a solution of (+/-)-ethyl 1-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-2-methyl-4- (piperidin-4-yl)piperidine-3-carboxylate [(+/-)88, 5 g, 13.35 mmol, 1.00 equiv] and pyridine (2.11 g, 26.68 mmol, 2.00 equiv) in DCM (100 mL). This was followed by the addition of acetic anhydride (2.7 g, 26.47 mmol, 1.98 equiv) dropwise with stirring at 0 ^o C. The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum to remove pyridine. This resulted in 3.8 g (68%) of (+/-)89 as a yellow oil. (+/-)-6‐{[(trans,

trans)‐4‐(1‐Acetylpiperidin‐4‐yl)‐2‐methylp iperidin‐3‐yl]methoxy}‐2,3‐dihydro‐1H‐isoin dol‐1‐one [(+/-)90]

(+/-)90 may be prepared from (+/-)-ethyl 4-(1-acetylpiperidin-4-yl)-1-[(4- methoxyphenyl)methyl]-2-methylpiperidine-3-carboxylate [(+/-)89] by Scheme 14a. LCMS (M+H) 386.1. Scheme 14h

Synthesis of (+/-)-6‐{[(trans, trans)‐4‐(2,3‐dihydro‐1‐benzofuran‐5‐yl)‐2� �methylpiperidin‐3‐yl]methoxy}‐2,3‐dihydro‐ 1H‐isoindol‐1‐one [(+/-)B0856] (2E)-3-(2,3-dihydro-1-benzofuran-5-yl)prop-2-enal (91) Into a 1000-mL round-bottom flask, was placed a solution of 5-bromo-2,3-dihydro-1- benzofuran (70 g, 351.68 mmole, 1.00 equiv) in N,N-dimethylformamide (500 mL), nBu ₄ NOAc (213.5 g, 706.95 mmol, 2.01 equiv), K ₂ CO ₃ (73.2 g, 529.63 mmol, 1.51 equiv), KCl (26.3 g, 353.02 mmol, 1.00 equiv), Pd(OAc) ₂ (2.35 g, 10.47 mmol, 0.03 equiv), 1,1- diethoxypropane (137.8 g, 1.04 mol, 2.96 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 90 ^o C. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to 4 with hydrogen chloride (2 M). The resulting solution was extracted with 3x200 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (25 g) was purified by Flash- Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (IntelFlash-1): Column, silica gel; mobile phase, EA/PE(0~50%) within 50 min; Detector, UV 254 nm. 18 g product was obtained. This resulted in 18 g (29%) of (2E)-3-(2,3-dihydro-1-benzofuran-5-yl)prop-2-enal (91) as a yellow oil. (+/-)-6‐{[(trans,

trans)‐4‐(2,3‐dihydro‐1‐benzofuran‐5‐yl)‐ 2‐methylpiperidin‐3‐yl]methoxy}‐2,3‐dihydro‐ 1H‐isoindol‐1‐one [(+/-)B0856] (+/-)B0856 may be prepared from (2E)-3-(3,4-dihydro-2H-1-benzopyran-6-yl)prop-2-enal (91) according to Scheme 14a. LCMS (M+H) 379.2. Scheme 14i

Synthesis of (+/-)-6-{[(trans, trans)-2-(fluoromethyl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1-(2- phenylethyl)piperidin-3-yl]methoxy}-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol- 1-one [(+/-)B1216]

Ethyl 4-fluoro-3-oxobutanoate (92) Into a 500-mL 3-necked round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was placed a solution of ethyl acetate (16 g, 181.60 mmol, 1.10 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (100 mL). This was followed by the addition of LDA (freshly prepared) (120 mL, 1.20 equiv) dropwise with stirring at -78 ^o C. The resulting solution was stirred for 0.5 at - 78 ^o C. To this was added ethyl 2-fluoroacetate (18 g, 169.66 mmol, 1.00 equiv) dropwise with stirring at -78 ^o C. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at r.t. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 200 mL of 10% hydrogen chloride. The resulting solution was extracted with 3x500 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1:10). This resulted in 17.6 g (70%) of (92) as a brown liquid. Ethyl (2E)-4-fluoro-3-[[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino]but-2-enoate Into a 250-mL round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was placed (4-methoxyphenyl)methanamine (16.3 g, 118.82 mmol, 1.00 equiv), dichloromethane (100 mL), 92 (17.6 g, 118.81 mmol, 1.00 equiv), I ₂ (3.1 g, 0.10 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The resulting mixture was washed with 2x300 mL of H ₂ O. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1:20). This resulted in 17.5 g (55%) of ethyl (2E)-4-fluoro-3-[[(4- methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino]but-2-enoate as light yellow oil. Ethyl 2-(fluoromethyl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1-[(4-methoxyphenyl)met hyl]-1,4- dihydropyridine-3-carboxylate (93)

Into a 500-mL round-bottom flask, was placed (2E)-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)prop-2-enal (17.5 g, 107.90 mmol, 1.00 equiv), ethyl (2E)-4-fluoro-3-[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]aminobut-2- enoate (10.6 g, 39.66 mmol, 1.00 equiv), ethanol (200 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 3 days at 60 ^o C. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1:15). This resulted in 12 g (27%) of 93 as a brown oil. (+/-)-6‐{[(trans,

trans)‐2‐(fluoromethyl)‐4‐(4‐methoxyphenyl)pipe ridin‐3‐yl]methoxy}‐2,3‐dihydro‐1H‐is oindol‐1‐one [(+/-)94] (+/-)94 may be prepared from ethyl 2-(fluoromethyl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1-[(4- methoxyphenyl)methyl]-1,4-dihydropyridine-3-carboxylate (93) according to Scheme 14a. (+/-)-6-{[(trans, trans)-2-(fluoromethyl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1-(2- phenylethyl)piperidin-3-yl]methoxy}-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol- 1-one [(+/-)B1216] (+/-)B1216 may be prepared from (+/-)94 according to Scheme 4. LCMS (M+H) 489.1. Scheme 14j

Synthesis of (-)-6-{[trans, trans-4-(3-fluoro-5-methoxyphenyl)-2-methyl-1-[2-(1H- pyrrol-1-yl)ethyl]piperidin-3-yl]methoxy}-2,3-dihydro-1H-iso indol-1-one [(+/-)B1401] (2E)-3-(3-fluoro-5-methoxyphenyl)prop-2-enal (95) Into a 2-L round-bottom flask purged and maintained with an inert atmosphere of nitrogen, was placed 1-bromo-3-fluoro-5-methoxybenzene (45 g, 219.49 mmol, 1.00 equiv), nBu ₄ NOAc (132.9 g, 2.00 equiv), potassium carbonate (45.5 g, 329.21 mmol, 1.50 equiv), KCl (16.4 g, 1.00 equiv), Pd(OAc) ₂ (1.32 g, 5.88 mmol, 0.03 equiv), N,N- dimethylformamide (1 L), 3,3-diethoxyprop-1-ene (85.8 g, 659.06 mmol, 3.00 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 90 ^o C. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 500 mL of 2N hydrogen chloride. The resulting solution was extracted with 3x1 L of ethyl acetate and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 3x1 L of H ₂ O. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was re-crystallized from hexane. This resulted in 13 g (33%) of 95 as a yellow solid. (+/-)-6‐{[(trans,

trans)‐4‐(3‐fluoro‐5‐methoxyphenyl)‐2‐methy lpiperidin‐3‐yl]methoxy}‐2,3‐dihydro‐1H‐ isoindol‐1‐one [(+/-)96] (+/-)96 may be prepared from (2E)-3-(3-fluoro-5-methoxyphenyl)prop-2-enal (95) according to Scheme 14a. (-)-6-{[trans, trans-4-(3-fluoro-5-methoxyphenyl)-2-methyl-1-[2-(1H-pyrrol- 1- yl)ethyl]piperidin-3-yl]methoxy}-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-1-o ne [(+/-)B1401] (-)B1401 may be prepared from (+/-)96 according to Scheme 5a. LCMS (M+H) 478.2 Scheme 14k

Synthesis of (+/-)-6‐{[(trans, trans)‐2‐ethyl‐4‐(4‐methoxyphenyl)piperidin‐3‐ yl]methoxy}‐2,3‐dihydro‐1H‐isoindol‐1‐o ne [(+/-)B0770] Ethyl (2Z)-3-{[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino}pent-2-enoate (97) Into a 100-mL round-bottom flask, was placed (4-methoxyphenyl)methanamine (10 g, 72.90 mmol, 1.00 equiv), ethyl 3-oxopentanoate (10.5 g, 72.83 mmol, 1.00 equiv), iodide (1.9 g, 7.49 mmol, 0.20 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred for 20 min at 25 ^o C. The resulting solution was diluted with 50 mL of brine. The resulting solution was extracted with 3x50 mL of dichloromethane and the organic layers combined and concentrated under vacuum. This resulted in 20 g (crude) of 97 as a red oil. (+/-)-6‐{[(trans,

trans)‐2‐ethyl‐4‐(4‐methoxyphenyl)piperidin‐3 ‐yl]methoxy}‐2,3‐dihydro‐1H‐isoindol‐1‐o ne [(+/-)B0770] (+/-)B0770 may be prepared from ethyl (2Z)-3-{[(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino}pent-2- enoate (97) according to Scheme 14a. LCMS (M+H) 381.2 Scheme 14l

Synthesis of (+/-)- 6‐{[(2R,3S,4R)‐4‐(1H‐indol‐6‐yl)‐2‐methyl‐ 1‐[2‐(1H‐pyrrol‐1‐yl)ethyl]piperidin‐3‐yl]met hoxy}‐2,3‐dihydro‐1H‐isoindol‐1‐one [(+/-)B1330

(+/-)-1-tert-Butyl 3-ethyl 4-(1H-indol-6-yl)-2-methyl-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-1,3- dicarboxylate [(+/-)98]

Into a 250-mL round-bottom flask, was placed 1-tert-butyl 3-ethyl 2-methyl-4- [(trifluoromethane)sulfonyloxy]-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine-1 ,3-dicarboxylate (7.5 g, 17.97 mmol, 1.00 equiv), CH3COOK (5.25 g, 53.50 mmol, 3.00 equiv), a solution of dioxane (75 mL) in water (75 mL), Pd(dppf)Cl ₂ (680 mg, 0.93 mmol, 0.05 equiv), (1H-indol-5-yl)boronic acid (2.88 g, 17.89 mmol, 1.00 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred for 1 h at 100 ^o C in an oil bath. Then it was extracted with 3x50 mL of DCM and the organic layers combined. The resulting mixture was washed with 2x50 mL of sodium chloride. The solution was dried and concentrated under vacuum. This resulted in 5.5 g (80%) of (+/-)98 as a white solid. (+/-)-1-tert-Butyl 3-ethyl 4-[1-[(tert-butoxy)carbonyl]-1H-indol-6-yl]-2-methyl-1,2,5,6 - tetrahydropyridine-1,3-dicarboxylate [(+/-)99] Into a 500-mL round-bottom flask, was placed a solution of (+/-)98 (5.4 g, 14.05 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (200 mL), di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (3.37 g, 15.44 mmol, 1.10 equiv), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (514 mg, 4.21 mmol, 0.30 equiv), DIEA (3.63 g, 28.09 mmol, 2.00 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. Then it was washed with 2x100 mL of hydrogen chloride (1M). The resulting solution was extracted with 3x200 mL of dichloromethane and the organic layers combined and dried and concentrated under vacuum. This resulted in 6 g (88%) of (+/-)99 as a white solid.

(+/-)-1-tert-Butyl 3-ethyl (trans, trans)-4-[1-[(tert-butoxy)carbonyl]-1H-indol-6-yl]-2- methylpiperidine-1,3-dicarboxylate [(+/-)100]

Into a 25-mL round-bottom flask, was placed a solution of (+/-)99 (80 mg, 0.17 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in EA (5 mL), Rh/C (60 mg), H ₂ (3atm). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The solids were filtered out. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. This resulted in 70 mg (87%) of (+/-)100 as a yellow oil.

(+/-)-6-[[(trans, trans)-4-(1H-indol-6-yl)-2-methylpiperidin-3-yl]methoxy]-2,3 -dihydro- 1H-isoindol-1-one [(+/-)101]

[(+/-)101] may be prepared from (+/-)-1-tert-Butyl 3-ethyl (trans, trans)-4-[1-[(tert- butoxy)carbonyl]-1H-indol-6-yl]-2-methylpiperidine-1,3-dicar boxylate according to Scheme 14a. (+/-)- 6‐{[(2R,3S,4R)‐4‐(1H‐indol‐6‐yl)‐2‐methyl‐ 1‐[2‐(1H‐pyrrol‐1‐yl)ethyl]piperidin‐3‐yl]met hoxy}‐2,3‐dihydro‐1H‐isoindol‐1‐one [(+/-)B1330] (+/-)B1330 may be prepared from (+/-)-6-[[(trans, trans)-4-(1H-indol-6-yl)-2- methylpiperidin-3-yl]methoxy]-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-1-one according to Scheme 5a. LCMS (M+H) 469.4.

Scheme14m

Synthesis of (+/-)- 6‐{[(trans)‐7‐(4‐methoxyphenyl)‐4‐(2‐phenyleth yl)‐4‐azaspiro[2.5]octan‐8‐yl]methoxy}‐ 2,3‐dihydro‐1H‐isoindol‐1‐one [(+/-)B1126] 4-t-Butyl 6-methyl 7-oxo-4-azaspiro[2.5]octane-4,6-dicarboxylate, 4-t-butyl 8-methyl 7- oxo-4-azaspiro[2.5]octane-4,6-dicarboxylate (103)

Into a 100-mL round-bottom flask, was placed a solution of methyl 3-[[(tert- butoxy)carbonyl][1-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)cyclopropyl]amino]p ropanoate (3.15 g, 9.99 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in toluene (30 mL), t-BuOK (3.37 g, 30.09 mmol, 3.00 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred for 10 h at 80 ^o C. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1:3). This resulted in 1.7 g (60%) mixture of # and # as a yellow oil. The mixture was purified by Flash-Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (IntelFlash-1): Column, C18 silica gel; mobile phase, ACN in water 0% ACN increasing to 90% ACN within 40 min; Detector, UV 220 nm. This resulted in 300 mg of 102 and 600mg of 103. (+/-)- 6‐{[(trans)‐7‐(4‐methoxyphenyl)‐4‐azaspiro[2.5]o ctan‐8‐yl]methoxy}‐2,3‐dihydro‐1H‐ isoindol‐1‐one [(+/-)104] [(+/-)104] may be prepared from 4‐tert‐butyl 8‐methyl 7‐oxo‐4‐azaspiro[2.5]octane‐

4,8‐dicarboxylate according to Schemes 1 and 14a. (+/-)- 6‐{[(trans)‐7‐(4‐methoxyphenyl)‐4‐(2‐phenyleth yl)‐4‐azaspiro[2.5]octan‐8‐yl]methoxy}‐ 2,3‐dihydro‐1H‐isoindol‐1‐one [(+/-)B1126]

(+/-)B1126 may be prepared from (+/-)- 6‐{[(trans)‐7‐(4‐methoxyphenyl)‐4‐azaspiro[2.5]o ctan‐8‐yl]methoxy}‐2,3‐dihydro‐1H‐ isoindol‐1‐one according to Scheme 4. LCMS (M+H) 483.2.

General Procedure A12: Preparation of Bridged Bicyclic 3,4-Piperidine N-H Analogs Scheme 15

Preparation of (+/-)-exo-trans-6-{[3-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]o ctan-2- yl]methoxy}isoindolin-1-one [(+/-)B0631] and (+/-)-endo-trans-6-{[3-(4-Methoxyphenyl)- 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-yl]methoxy}isoindolin-1-one [(+/-)B0630] (+/-)- 8-tert-Butyl 2-Methyl 3-Oxo-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-2,8-dicarboxylate [(+/-)105] A solution of dimethyl carbonate (4.0 g, 44.4 mmol) in anhydrous toluene (20 mL) was added dropwise over 30 min to a suspension of sodium hydride (3.2 g, 82.1 mmol, 60% dispersion in mineral oil) in anhydrous toluene (60 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen, after which the mixture was heated to 80 ºC. Anhydrous methanol (0.5 mL) was added, followed by the dropwise addition of a solution of commercially available (+/-)-tert-butyl 3- oxo-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-8-carboxylate [5.0 g, 22.2 mmol] in anhydrous toluene (20 mL) over 30 min. Stirring at 80 ºC was continued for 12 h, after which the mixture was cooled to room temperature, slowly diluted with water (5 mL) and the solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (1:1), to afford (+/-)105 as a light yellow oil (5.4 g, 82%): LCMS (M+H) 284. (+/-)-8-tert-Butyl 2-Methyl 3-{[(Trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl]oxy}-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-2- ene-2,8-dicarboxylate [(+/-)106]

Prepared according General Procedure A9 to provide (+/-)106 as a crude amber oil (8.4 g) that was suitable for use in the next step without purification: LCMS (M+H) 416. (+/-)-8-tert-Butyl 2-Methyl 3-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-2-ene-2,8- dicarboxylate [(+/-)107]

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide (+/-)107 as a light yellow oil (5.4 g, 71% over two steps): LCMS (M+H) 374. (+/-)-exo-cis-8-tert-Butyl 2-Methyl 3-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-2,8- dicarboxylate [(+/-)108] and (+/-)-endo-cis-8-tert-Butyl 2-Methyl 3-(4-Methoxyphenyl)- 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-2,8-dicarboxylate [(+/-)109]

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide (+/-)108 and (+/-)109 as an inseparable mixture in an indeterminate ratio as a colorless oil (840 mg) that was suitable for use in the next step without purification: LCMS (M+H) 376. (+/-)-exo-trans-8-tert-Butyl 2-Methyl 3-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane- 2,8-dicarboxylate [(+/-)110] and (+/-)-endo-trans-8-tert-Butyl 2-Methyl 3-(4- Methoxyphenyl)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-2,8-dicarboxylate [(+/-)111]

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide (+/-)110 and (+/-)111 as an inseparable mixture in an indeterminate ratio as a colorless oil (730 mg, 97% over two steps): LCMS (M+H) 376. (+/-)-exo-trans-tert-Butyl 2-(Hydroxymethyl)-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-8- azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-8-carboxylate [(+/-)112] and (+/-)-endo-trans-tert-Butyl 2- (Hydroxymethyl)-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan e-8-carboxylate [(+/- )113]

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide (+/-)112 and (+/-)113 as an inseparable mixture in an indeterminate ratio as a colorless oil (510 mg, 78%): LCMS (M+H) 348. (+/-)-exo-trans-tert-Butyl 3-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-2-{[(3-oxoisoindolin-5-yl)oxy]methyl}-8- azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-8-carboxylate [(+/-)114] and (+/-)-endo-trans-tert-Butyl 3-(4- Methoxyphenyl)-2-{[(3-oxoisoindolin-5-yl)oxy]methyl}-8-azabi cyclo[3.2.1]octane-8- carboxylate [(+/-)115]

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide (+/-)114 and (+/-)115 as an inseparable mixture in an indeterminate ratio as a colorless oil (162 mg) that was suitable for use in the next step without purification: LCMS (M+H) 479. (+/-)-exo-trans-6-{[3-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]o ctan-2- yl]methoxy}isoindolin-1-one [(+/-)B0631] and (+/-)-endo-trans-6-{[3-(4-Methoxyphenyl)- 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-yl]methoxy}isoindolin-1-one [(+/-)B0630].

Prepared according General Procedure A1, (+/-)B0631 was isolated as a white solid (22 mg, 8% over two steps): LCMS (M+H) 379; ¹ H NMR (500 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ 7.47 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.23–7.19 (m, 4H), 6.84 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.41–4.38 (m, 3H), 4.28–4.25 (m, 1H), 3.91 (dd, J = 10.0, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (dd, J = 10.0, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.59–3.54 (m, 1H), 2.62 (dt, J = 14.0, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 2.45–2.44 (m, 1H), 2.36–2.33 (m, 2H), 2.25–2.20 (m, 2H), 1.97–1.92 (m, 1H). Also, (+/-)B0630 was isolated as a white solid (18 mg, 7% over two steps): LCMS (M+H) 379; ¹ H NMR (500 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ 7.47 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.25– 7.19 (m, 4H), 6.89 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.38 (s, 2H), 4.17–4.11 (m, 2H), 3.95–3.90 (m, 1H), 3.84–3.81 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 2.96–2.89 (m, 1H), 2.61–2.55 (m, 1H), 2.36–2.29 (m, 2H), 2.27–2.16 (m, 2H), 2.10–2.04 (m, 1H), 1.80–1.75 (m, 1H). General Procedures A13: Preparation of Linker-Modified 3,4-Piperidine N-H Analogs Scheme 16

Scheme 17

Scheme 19

Scheme 20

Scheme 21

Preparation of (+/-)-3-({[trans-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)piperidin-3- yl]methyl}thio)benzonitrile Hydrochloride [(+/-)B0513], Scheme 16 (+/-)-trans-tert-Butyl 3-{[(3-Cyanophenyl)thio]methyl}-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)piperidin e- 1-carboxylate [(+/-)116]

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide (+/-)116 as a yellow oil (170 mg, 77%): LCMS (M+H) 439. (+/-)-3-({[trans-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)piperidin-3-yl]methyl}th io)benzonitrile

Hydrochloride [(+/-)B0513]

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide (+/-)B0513 as a hygroscopic white solid (94 mg, 64%): LCMS (M+H) 339; ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ 7.58–7.53 (m, 1H), 7.43–7.39 (m, 2H), 7.32–7.29 (m, 1H), 7.09 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.96 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.77 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 3.44 (d, J = 12.6 Hz, 1H), 3.16–2.86 (m, 3H), 2.73– 2.55 (m, 2H), 2.19–1.81 (m, 3H).

Preparation of (+/-)-3-({[trans-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)piperidin-3-yl]methyl}su lfonyl)- benzonitrile Hydrochloride [(+/-)B0538], Scheme 17 (+/-)-trans-tert-Butyl 3-{[(3-Cyanophenyl)sulfonyl]methyl}-4-(4- methoxyphenyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate [(+/-)117].

A solution of (+/-)-trans-tert-butyl 3-{[(3-cyanophenyl)thio]methyl}-4-(4- methoxyphenyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate [(+/-)116, 210 mg, 0.48 mmol] in methanol (3 mL) was added dropwise to a solution of Oxone (590 mg, 0.96 mmol) in water (3 mL) at 0 ºC, after which the mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature, stirring for a total of 12 h. The methanol was removed under reduced pressure and the aqueous mixture was diluted with saturated aquous sodium bicarbonate (50 mL) and extracted with methylene chloride (3 x 25 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (20 mL), the solvents were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (1:1), to (+/-)117 as a white solid (148 mg, 59%): LCMS (M+H) 471. (+/-)-3-({[trans-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)piperidin-3-yl]methyl}su lfonyl)-benzonitrile Hydrochloride [(+/-)B0538]

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide (+/-)B0538 as a white solid (101 mg, 83%): LCMS (M+H) 371; ¹ H NMR (500 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ 8.12 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.76 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.04 (dd, J = 12.8, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.49 (d, J = 12.8 Hz, 1H), 3.23 (dd, J = 4.8, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 3.14–2.98 (m, 3H), 2.62 (dt, J = 11.8, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.39 (dq, J = 10.2, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 2.03–1.84 (m, 2H).

Preparation of (+/-)-6-{[trans-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)piperidin-3- yl)methyl]amino}isoindolin-1-one Hydrochloride [(+/-)B0492], Scheme 18 (+/-)-trans-tert-Butyl 6-({[1-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-piperidin-3 - yl]methyl}amino)-1-oxoisoindoline-2-carboxylate [(+/-)118]

Prepared according General Procedure A5 to provide (+/-)118 as a crude orange oil (85 mg) that was suitable for use in the next step without purification: LCMS (M+H) 552. (+/-)-6-{[trans-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)piperidin-3-yl)methyl]ami no}isoindolin-1-one Hydrochloride [(+/-)B0492] Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide (+/-)B0492 as a yellow solid (8 mg, 4% over two steps): LCMS (M+H) 352; ¹ H NMR (500 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ 7.67 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.57 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 6.85 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 4.44 (d, J = 17.4 Hz, 1H), 4.29 (d, J = 17.4 Hz, 1H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.62–3.53 (m, 1H), 3.47 (d, J = 11.9 Hz, 2H), 3.18–3.09 (m, 1H), 2.96 (t, J = 11.6 Hz, 1H), 2.79–2.62 (m, 2H), 1.98 (s, 2H).

Preparation of (+/-)-6-{[(trans-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)piperidin-3-yl)methyl](m ethyl)- amino}isoindolin-1-one Dihydrochloride [(+/-)B0504], Scheme 19 (+/-)-trans-tert-Butyl 6-({[-1-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-piperidin- 3- yl]methyl}[methyl]amino)-1-oxoisoindoline-2-carboxylate [(+/-)119]

Paraformaldehyde (13 mg, 0.45 mmol) was added to a solution of (+/-)-trans-tert-butyl 6- ({[1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)piperidin-3-yl ]methyl}amino)-1- oxoisoindoline-2-carboxylate [(+/-)118, 83 mg, 0.15 mmol] in methanol (5 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen and the mixture was stirred for 10 min. Sodium cyanoborohydride (28 mg, 0.45 mmol) was then added, after which the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. The mixture was diluted with water (60 mL) and extracted with methylene chloride (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (20 mL) and the solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified twice by flash column chromatography on silica gel, the first time eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (1:9) and the second time eluting with methylene chloride/methanol (4:2), to afford (+/-)119 as an orange oil (18 mg) that was suitable for use in the next step without purification: LCMS (M+H) 566. (+/-)-6-{[(trans-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)piperidin-3-yl)methyl](m ethyl)-amino}isoindolin-1- one Dihydrochloride [(+/-)B0504]

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide (+/-)B0504 as a yellow solid (10 mg, 15% over two steps): LCMS (M+H) 366; ¹ H NMR (500 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.67 (s, 2H), 7.24 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 6.87 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 4.44 (d, J = 17.6 Hz, 1H), 4.28 (d, J = 17.6 Hz, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.59–3.54 (m, 1H), 3.46 (d, J = 11.7 Hz, 2H), 3.38–3.34 (m, 1H), 3.18–3.09 (m, 1H), 2.96 (t, J = 11.8 Hz, 1H), 2.78–2.62 (m, 2H), 2.02–1.93 (m, 2H). Preparation of (+/-)-3-{(E)-2-[trans-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)piperidin-3- yl]vinyl}benzonitrile Hydrochloride [(+/-)B0524], Scheme 20 (+/-)-trans-tert-Butyl 3-Formyl-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate [(+/-)120] Dess-Martin periodinane (1.74 g, 4.1 mmol) was added to a solution of (+/-)-trans-tert-butyl 3-(hydroxymethyl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)piperidine-1-carboxylat e [(+/-)6, 880 mg, 2.7 mmol, prepared as described in General Procedure A] in methylene chloride (30 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen, and the mixture was stirred for 12 h. The mixture was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate and sodium bisulfite solutions (20 mL each) and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (2:1), to afford (+/-)120 as a yellow oil (470 mg, 53%): LCMS (M+H) 320. (+/-)-trans-tert-Butyl 3-[(E)-3-Cyanostyryl]-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)piperidine-1- carboxylate [(+/-)121]

Sodium hydride (50 mg, 1.2 mmol, 60% in mineral oil) was added to a solution of [(3- cyanophenyl)methyl]triphenylphosphonium bromide (574 mg, 1.2 mmol) in anhydrous DMSO (5 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen, and the mixture was heated to 60 ºC and stirred for 2 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature for the addition of a solution of (+/-)-trans-tert-butyl 3-formyl-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate [(+/-)120, 200 mg, 0.63 mmol] in anhydrous DMSO (5 mL), after which the mixture was heated back to 60 ºC and stirred for 12 h. The cooled mixture was treated with water (0.5 mL), further diluted with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (40 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20 mL). The organic extracts were combined and the solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (1:1), to afford (+/-)121 as an amber oil (179 mg, 68%): LCMS (M+H) 419. (+/-)-3-{(E)-2-[trans-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)piperidin-3-yl]viny l}benzonitrile

Hydrochloride [(+/-)B0524]

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide (+/-)B0524 as a white solid (20 mg, 90%): LCMS (M+H) 319; ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ 7.57–7.38 (m, 4H), 7.16 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.84 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.31 (d, J = 16.1 Hz, 1H), 6.02 (dd, J = 16.0, 7.7 Hz, 1H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.49 (t, J = 10.9 Hz, 2H), 3.22–3.03 (m, 2H), 2.89–2.78 (m, 2H), 2.10–1.93 (m, 2H).

Preparation of (+/-)-3-{2-[trans-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)piperidin-3-yl]ethyl}be nzonitrile [(+/-)B0530], Scheme 21 (+/-)-trans-tert-Butyl 3-(3-Cyanophenethyl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)piperidine-1- carboxylate [(+/-)122]

A mixture of (+/-)-trans-tert-butyl 3-[(E)-3-cyanostyryl]-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)piperidine-1- carboxylate [(+/-)121, 150 mg, 0.35 mmol] and 10% palladium on barium sulfate (100 mg) in anhydrous ethanol (10 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen was exchanged for a hydrogen atmosphere (balloon) after which the mixture stirred for 12 h. The atmosphere was exchanged for nitrogen, the mixture was diluted with methylene chloride (50 mL) and the solids were removed by filtration under reduced pressure through a plug of Celite, eluting with methylene chloride (50 mL). The organic extract solvents were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate (1:1), to afford (+/-)122 as an amber oil (52 mg, 35%): LCMS (M+H) 421. (+/-)-3-{2-[trans-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)piperidin-3-yl]ethyl}be nzonitrile [(+/-)B0530] Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide (+/-)B0530 as a white solid (27 mg, 70%): LCMS (M+H) 321; ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ 7.51 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.32–7.26 (m, 2H), 7.04 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.85 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.48 (dd, J = 12.5, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 3.28–3.22 (m, 1H), 3.92 (dt, J = 12.5, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 2.71–2.56 (m, 2H), 2.50–2.33 (m, 2H), 1.92–1.66 (m, 3H), 1.58–1.47 (m, 1H), 1.38–1.23 (m, 1H).

General Procedure A14: Preparation of 6-Methyl-3,4-Piperidine N-H Analogs Scheme 22

Preparation of (+/-)-6-{[trans,trans-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-6-methylpiperidin- 3- yl]methoxy}isoindolin-1-one [(+/-)B0655], Scheme 22 (+/-)-tert-Butyl 3-Methyl 6-Methyl-4-oxopiperidine-1,3-dicarboxylate [(+/-)124]

Prepared according General Procedure A12 to provide (+/-)124 as an amber oil (3.7 g, 58%): LCMS (M+H) 272. (+/-)-1-tert-Butyl 3-Methyl 6-Methyl-4-{[(trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl]oxy}-5,6- dihydropyridine-1,3(2H)-dicarboxylate [(+/-)125]

Prepared according General Procedure A9 to provide crude (+/-)125 as an amber oil (5.2 g) that was used in the next step without purification: LCMS (M+H) 404. (+/-)-1-tert-Butyl 3-Methyl 4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-6-methyl-5,6-dihydropyridine-1,3(2H)- dicarboxylate [(+/-)126]

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to afford (+/-)126 as a light brown oil (3.7 g, 81% over two steps): LCMS (M+H) 362. (+/-)-1-tert-Butyl cis,trans-3-Methyl 4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-6-methylpiperidine-1,3- dicarboxylate [(+/-)-cis,trans-127] and (+/-)-1-tert-Butyl cis,cis-3-Methyl 4-(4- Methoxyphenyl)-6-methylpiperidine-1,3-dicarboxylate [(+/-)-cis,cis-128]

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide (+/-)-cis,trans-127 and (+/-)-cis,cis-128 as an inseparable mixture of an indeterminate ratio as a colorless oil (3.2 g, 85%): LCMS (M+H) 364. (+/-)-1-tert-Butyl trans,trans-3-Methyl 4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-6-methylpiperidine-1,3- dicarboxylate [(+/-)-trans,trans-129] and (+/-)-1-tert-Butyl trans,cis-3-Methyl 4-(4- Methoxyphenyl)-6-methylpiperidine-1,3-dicarboxylate [(+/-)-trans,cis-130]

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide (+/-)-trans,trans-129 and (+/-)- trans,cis-130 as an inseparable mixture of an indeterminate ratio as an amber oil (2.3 g, 73%): LCMS (M+H) 364. (+/-)-1-tert-Butyl trans,trans-5-(Hydroxymethyl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2- methylpiperidine-1-carboxylate [(+/-)-trans,trans-131] and (+/-)-1-tert-Butyl trans,cis-5- (Hydroxymethyl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-methylpiperidine-1-car boxylate [(+/-)- trans,cis-132]

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide (+/-)-trans,trans-131 and (+/-)- trans,cis-132 as an inseparable mixture of an indeterminate ratio as an amber oil (900 mg, 74%): LCMS (M+H) 336. (+/-)-1-tert-Butyl trans,trans-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-2-methyl-5-{[(3-oxoisoindoli n-5- yl)oxy]methyl}piperidine-1-carboxylate [(+/-)133]

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide crude (+/-)133 as an amber oil (224 mg) that was used without purification in the next step: LCMS (M+H) 467. (+/-)-6-{[trans,trans-4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-6-methylpiperidin- 3-yl]methoxy}isoindolin-1- one [(+/-)B0655]

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide (+/-)B0655 as a white solid (12 mg, 6% over two steps): LCMS (M+H) 367; ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ 7.45 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.16–7.08 (m, 4H), 6.83 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 4.37 (s, 2H), 4.04–4.00 (m, 1H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.67–3.48 (m, 3H), 3.27–3.04 (m, 2H), 2.10–1.96 (m, 3H), 1.46 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H). General Procedure A15: Preparation of Tetramethyl-3,4-Tetrahydropyridine N-H Analogs

Scheme 23

Preparation of 6-{[4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1,2,5,6-tetrahyd ropyridin- 3-yl]methoxy}isoindolin-1-one [B0645], Scheme 23 (+/-)-Methyl 2,2,6,6-Tetramethyl-4-oxopiperidine-3-carboxylate [(+/-)134]

Prepared according General Procedure A12 to afford (+/-)134 as a brown oil (5.6 g, 77%): LCMS (M+H) 214. Methyl 2,2,6,6-Tetramethyl-4-{[(trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl]oxy}-1,2,5 ,6- tetrahydropyridine-3-carboxylate (135)

Prepared according General Procedure A9 to provide crude 135 as a colorless oil (7.5 g) that was used in the next step without purification: LCMS (M+H) 346. Methyl 4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropy ridine-3- carboxylate (136)

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide 136 as a brown oil (3.5 g, 53% over two steps): LCMS (M+H) 304. [4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1,2,5,6-tetrahydrop yridin-3-yl]methanol (137)

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide 137 as an off-white solid (2.3 g, 76%): LCMS (M+H) 276. 6-{[4-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1,2,5,6-tetrahyd ropyridin-3- yl]methoxy}isoindolin-1-one (B0645)

Prepared according General Procedure A1 to provide B0645 as a white solid (92 mg, 31%): LCMS (M+H) 407; ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ 7.45 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.15–7.11 (m, 2H), 6.85 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 4.76–4.72 (m, 2H), 4.39–4.35 (m, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 2.69–2.65 (m, 2H), 1.74 (s, 6H), 1.57 (s, 6H). General Procedure A16: Preparation of Piperazine Analogs Scheme 24

Preparation of (+/-)-3-{[4-benzyl-1-(4-methoxyphenyl)piperazin-2- yl]methoxy}benzamide [(+/-)B0194] Ethyl 4-benzyl-1-(4-methoxyphenyl)piperazine-2-carboxylate [(+/-)138] A solution of benzyl ({2-[(4-methoxyphenyl)amino]ethyl})amine (137, 8.15 g) and diethylamine (18 mL) in toluene was added dropwise to a solution of the ethyl 2,3- dibromopropanoate (9 mL) in toluene at 50 ⁰ C. The reaction was heated to 100 ⁰ C for 6h then cooled to room temperature. The reaction was partitioned between EtOAc (250 mL) and water 9100 mL). The organics were separated off, washed with brine and dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ . Evaporation of the solvent gave an oil which was purified on silica gel to give 2.5 g of (+/- )138. 3-{[4-Benzyl-1-(4-Methoxyphenyl)piperazin-2-yl]methoxy}benza mide [(+/-)B0194]

The title compound was prepared by General procedure A1 to yield (+/-)B0194. LCMS (M+H) 432. Scheme 25

Preparation of (+/-)- 4‐benzyl‐N‐[(4‐cyanophenyl)methyl]‐1‐(4‐methox yphenyl)piperazine‐2‐carboxamide 4-Benzyl-1-(4-methoxyphenyl)piperazine-2-carboxylic acid [(+/-)141]

A solution of (+/-)-ethyl 4-benzyl-1-( 4-methoxyphenyl)piperazine-2-carboxylate [(+/-)138, 0.32 g, 0.9 mmol] in THF was added to a solution of LiOH (60 mg, 3 mmol) in EtOH-water and stirred for 18h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was treated to pH 5 with 10% HCl and then extracted with three 20 mL portions of EtOAc. The organics were combined and washed with brine and dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ . The solvent was evaporated to give (+/-)141 as an oil. (+/-)- 4‐Benzyl‐N‐[(4‐cyanophenyl)methyl]‐1‐(4‐methox yphenyl)piperazine‐2‐carboxamide [(+/-)B0117] (+/-)-4-Benzyl-1-(4-methoxyphenyl)piperazine-2-carboxylic acid [(+/-)141, 87.5 mg, 0.23 mmol] and CDI were stirred together in 2 mL ACN for 2 h. 4-cyanobenzylamine (37.8 uL, 0.35 mmol) added and the reaction stirred overnight. The solvent was then evaporated in vacuo and the residue passed through a silica gel column 1:1 DCM:EtOAc to give 99.6 mg (98%) of (+/-)B0117 as an oil. LCMS (M+H) 441. General Procedure A17: Preparation of 1,1-Disubstituted Piperidine Analogs Scheme 26

Preparation of 6-{[4-(4-Fluorophenyl)piperidin-4-yl]methoxy}-2,3-dihydro-1H -isoindol- 1-one (B0677) tert-Butyl 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-[(methanesulfonyloxy)methyl]piperidine- 1-carboxylate (142)

To a solution of the commercially available tert-butyl 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-4- (hydroxymethyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (68 mg, 0.22 mmol) and triethylamine (92 mL, 0.66 mmol) in dichloromethane at 0°C was added methanesulfonyl chloride (26 mL, 0.33 mmol) dropwise. After 30 min, the mixture was warmed to rt. After 1h, the mixture was quenched with 1 mL of NH ₄ Cl statured solution and the aqueous was extracted with dichloromethane (3X5 mL). The organics were pass through phase separator and concentrated to give 142 in quantitative yield. LCMS (M+Na = 410.1) tert-Butyl 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-{[(3-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-5- yl)oxy]methyl}piperidine-1-carboxylate (143)

A solution of 4-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-[(methanesulfonyloxy)methyl]piperidine- 1-carboxylate (142, 85 mg, 0.22 mmol), isoindolinone (45 mg, 0.22 mmol) and Cs ₂ CO ₃ (358 mg, 1.1 mmol) in 2.2 mL of N,N-dimethylformamide was stirred at RT. After 30 min, the mixture was heated to gradually 120°C over 10 h with 2 h interval at every 20°C from 20°C. Then, the mixture was quenched with 1 mL of NH ₄ Cl statured solution and the aqueous was extracted with dichloromethane (3X5 mL). The organics were passed through a phase separator and concentrated to give 143 in 40% yield. LCMS (M+Na = 463.1). 6-{[4-(4-Fluorophenyl)piperidin-4-yl]methoxy}-2,3-dihydro-1H -isoindol-1-one (B0677) The title compound was prepared by General Procedure A1 from tert-butyl 4-(4- fluorophenyl)-4-{[(3-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-isoindol-5-yl)oxy]me thyl}piperidine-1-carboxylate (B0677) at the scale of 5 mg in 12% yield. LCMS of product peak (M+H = 341.1); ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ CN) δ 7.53 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.3, 2H), 7.40 (d, J = 8.3, 1H), 7.17 (t, J = 8.8, 3H), 7.07 (d, J = 8.2, 1H), 6.77 (s, 1H), 4.29 (s, 2H), 4.05 (s, 2H), 3.33 (s, 2H), 2.98 (s, 2H), 2.49 (d, J = 13.9, 2H), 2.33 (d, J = 12.1, 2H). The compounds depicted in Figure 1 were prepared according to the methods described herein or the schemes were modified by routine modifications to prepare the compounds depicted in Figure 1. Example 2: Compounds are Effective as Modulators of delta (δ)-opioid receptor

The compounds described herein were tested as modulators of δ-opioid receptor. The compounds were found to be modulators of the receptors activity. Some of the compounds inhbited the β-arrestin pathway and the G-protein mediated pathway, whereas others would agonize or enhance either the β-arrestin mediated pathway or the G-protein mediated pathway. The activity was measured according to the methods described herein. The compounds described herein were also tested as modulators of μ and κ-opioid receptor.

In vitro assay

Plasmids encoding delta-opioid receptor (Accession NP_000902), mu-opioid receptor (Accession NP_000905) and kappa-opioid receptor (Accession Assession NP_000903) were generated in the pCMV-Prolink backbone and transfected into an EA- arrestin parental human embryonic kidney (HEK-293) cell line from DiscoveRx Corporation. Clonal stable lines were subsequently selected under G418.

Cell Culture and plating

Cell lines were grown adherently in Minimum Essential Media (Cellgro cat # 10-010-CM) containing 10% fetal bovine serum (Hyclone cat # SH30071.03), 4 mM glutamine (Cellgro cat # 25-005-CI), 150 ug/ml hygromycin B (Cellgro cat # 30-240-CR), 150 ug/ml G418 (Cellgro cat # 30-234-CR), and 50 u/ 50ug penicillin/streptomycin (Lonza cat # 17-603E). Prior to the assay cells were removed from the flasks with CellStripper (Cellgro cat # 25-056- CI), repeatedly pipetted to disperse cells, and spun at low speed for 5 min at room temperature. Cells were then resuspended at 250,000 cells/ml in growth media and plated at 5,000 cells/well in 384 well plates (Greiner part # 784080). Plates were incubated overnight at 37°C, 5% CO2 in a humidified incubator.

cAMP Assay

Receptor G-protein mediated responses were determined by measuring changes in intracellular cAMP using CisBio HTRF cAMP HiRange kit (cat # 62AM6PEJ) based on time-resolved fluorescence resonance energy transfer (TR-FRET). Growth media was removed and replaced with Ham’s F12 containing IBMX (500 uM), NKH-477 (1 uM, a water soluble forskolin derivative) and test or control compounds at the desired concentrations. Following a 30 minute incubation at 37°C the components of the cAMP HiRange kit were added as directed and the plates were read after 1 hour on a BMG PheraStar plate reader. Responses were measured as the ratio of fluorescence at 665 nm / 620nm per manufacturer’s instructions.

β-arrestin Assay

Receptor mediated beta-arrestin recruitment was determined using the DiscoveRx β-arrestin PathHunter Detection kit (cat # 93-0001). In this system, β-Arrestin is fused to an N-terminal deletion mutant of β-galactosidase (termed the enzyme acceptor of EA) and the GPCR of interest is fused to a smaller (42 amino acids), weakly complementing fragment termed ProLink™. In cells that stably express these fusion proteins, ligand stimulation results in the interaction of β-arrestin and the Prolink-tagged GPCR, forcing the complementation of the two β-galactosidase fragments and resulting in the formation of a functional enzyme that converts substrate to detectable signal. Growth media was removed and replaced with Ham’s F12 containing HEPES (10 mM), IBMX (500 uM), NKH-477 (1 uM) and test or control compounds at the desired concentrations. Following a 60 minute incubation at 37°C the components of the DiscoveRx β-arrestin PathHunter Detection kit were added as directed and the plates were read after 1 hour on a BMG PheraStar plate reader. The data for the compounds described herein is shown in Figure 2. In vitro experiments for paroxetine a non-selective agonist was also collected. Representative data is shown here:

Many of the compounds were found to be selective against the delta-opioid receptor as indicated by the data, which is in contrast to the non-selectivity of paroxetine. Example 3

Compounds Are Effective for Treating Depression and Anxiety

Assessment of activity in the tail suspension test (TST):

The compounds indicated below were determined to be efficacious and were evaluated for side effects in an in vivo model.

The experiments were performed using adult male C57 mice (6-10 weeks of age, 20- 30 g, Hilltop Lab, PA). The mice were housed in standard rodent cages with stainless steel mesh wire bar lids in groups of 4 with controlled temperature and light cycle (6:00 a.m.– 6:00 p.m.). Animals were given free access to food (Harlan Teklad Global 18% protein (Madison, WI)) and water during a minimum 2-day habituation period to the laboratory. Animals that were used in the study were handled, housed, and sacrificed (using compressed CO ₂ ) in accord with the current NIH guidelines regarding the use and care of laboratory animals, and all applicable local, state, and federal regulations and guidelines. Animals are identified by cage number, and by markings applied to the proximal tip of the tail using a permanent marker. Group sizes (n=8, and therefore 30-50 animals per study) provide reliable estimates of treatment effects, and this species and strain of mouse has been recognized as appropriate for pharmacology studies.

To measure efficacy of the compounds the compounds were tested using a tail suspension test. The tail suspension test is a behavioral test used to evaluate the efficacy of antidepressant drugs in rodents. In the TST, mice (n=8/group) were suspended by the tail with tape approximately 30-50 cm above the lab bench. Mice are positioned such that the base of their tail is perpendicular to the lab bench. Each mouse is given 1 trial that last 6 minutes. The total duration of immobility is calculated as the percentage of time that the mouse is immobile. The duration of immobility is the main parameter measured. This is calculated from the cumulated time during which the animals is absent of initiated movements including passive swaying. When antidepressant drugs are administered, immobility is decreased by a variety of classes of antidepressant drugs. One or more of the compounds show antidepressant activity.

The compounds were also tested for side effects. The side effect tested is Acute Seizure Liability. Animals will acclimate to the vivarium for at least 48 hr prior to behavioral testing. Mice were placed into a glass jar (8 cm wide x 17 cm tall for mice, 17 cm wide x 31 cm tall for rats). Animals are administered various doses of test compounds at specified times prior to testing. Test drugs are administered by any of the following routes: s.c., p.o., i.v., or i.p. using a 1-2 ml/100g injection volume (mice) or 1-5 ml/kg injection volume (rat). II volumes will not exceed 2 ml and the tail vein is utilized for injection. Immediately after the injection, the animal is placed in the observational glass jar. Animals are observed for a minimum of 30 minutes for the presence of seizure-like behaviors. The behavior will be rated absent, mild, or severe. One or more of the compounds showed no significant side effects at relevant doses.

The compounds below were found to be effective in the TST model at the doses indicated, although other doses may also be active. Other compounds described herein were not necessarily tested, but are expected to be able have some level of efficacy. The data for TST activity are shown in the following table.

Example 4: Compounds are Effective for Treating Inflammation and Pain

Assessment of Tactile Allodynia Produced by Intraplantar Freund’s Complete Adjuvant in mice and rats:

Animals were acclimated to the vivarium for at least 48 hr prior to behavioral testing. Inflammation was induced for both rodent species with the administration of an intraplantar (subcutaneous injection into the plantar surface of the hind paw, i.pl.) injection of 0.10 ml Freund’s Complete Adjuvant (FCA).

For mouse studies, the experiments were conducted 48 hours after FCA administration. Tactile allodynia was measured using a series of von Frey monofilaments. These filaments are bendable, plastic and intended to poke, not penetrate, the skin. Animals were placed in a Plexiglas chamber (approximately 10 cm x 20 cm x 25 cm) and allowed to habituate for 5 - 10 minutes. The chamber was positioned on top of a mesh screen so that von Frey monofilaments can be presented to the plantar surface of the hind paw that is inflamed. The measurement of tactile sensitivity for the injected hind paw is obtained using the up/down method (LaBuda and Little, 2005, J Neurosci. Methods, 144, 175) with seven von Frey monofilaments (0.07, 0.16, 0.4, 0.6, 1, and 2 grams). Each trial will start with a von Frey force of 0.6 grams delivered to the hind paw for approximately 1– 2 seconds. If there was no withdrawal response, the next higher force was be delivered. If there was a response, the next lower force was delivered. This procedure was performed until no response was made at the highest force (2 grams) or until four stimuli are administered following the initial response. The 50% paw withdrawal threshold for the hind paw was be calculated using the following formula: [Xth]log = [vFr]log + ky where [vFr] is the force of the last von Frey used, k is the average interval (in log units) between the von Frey monofilaments, and y is a value that depends upon the pattern of withdrawal responses (Dixon, Annual Review Pharmacol Toxicol, 1980, 20, 441).

For rat studies, the experiments were conducted 24 hours after CFA administration. Rats are tested for mechanical allodynia in a Randall-Selitto apparatus. The inflamed paw is put on a pedestal and a pointed force of increasing intensity (0 to 250 grams) is applied to the paw. When the animal struggles to withdraw from the force the test is stopped and the force to induce that struggle is recorded. Data may be presented as mean grams of force to withdrawal or a percentage of the maximum possible effect. The compounds below were found to be effective in the CFA model at the doses indicated, although other doses may also be active. Other compounds described herein were not necessarily tested, but are expected to be able have some level of efficacy.

Exampmle 5: Compounds are Effective for Treating Migraines

Assessment of tactile allodynia produced by nitroglycerin:

Compounds were tested for efficacy in rodent models of nitroglycerine induced migraine. In this model both rats and mice can be induced to have a behavioral response consistent with the progression of a migraine attack by the intraperitoneal injection of nitroglycerin. In this test mice or rats (n=8/group) are given an intraperitoneal injection of nitroglycerin at 10 mg/kg. After 90 minutes the animals are subcutaneously dosed with test compound. A measurement of mechanical allodynia will be obtained using the up/down method with seven von Frey monofilaments. There is a specific series used for rat and mouse. Each monofilament is delivered to the hind paw for approximately 1-2 seconds. If there is a response, the next lower force will be delivered. This procedure will be performed until no response was made at the highest force or until four stimuli are administered following the initial response. The 50% paw withdrawal threshold for the hind paw will be calculated using the following formula: [Xth]log = [vFr]log + ky where [vFr] is the force of the last von Frey used, k is the average interval (in log units) between the von Frey monofilaments, and y is a value that depends upon the pattern of withdrawal responses. Testing for tactile sensitivity will be performed and a withdrawal value will be assigned as the tactile sensitivity (expressed in grams of force required to elicit a response) for the injected paw for each animal. Data is presented as the mean grams required to produce a hind paw withdrawal from the von Frey stimulus. The compounds below were found to have anti- allodynic activity. Data for some of the compounds is included below. Compounds found to be effective in this model of migraine at the doses indicated, although other doses may also be active. Other compounds described herein were not necessarily tested, but are expected to be able have some level of efficacy.

Example 6: Compounds Are Effective in Parkinson’s disease

Compounds were tested for efficacy in reversing akinesia and bradykinesia in two well accepted rodent Parkinson’s disease (PD) models; the haloperidol-induced rat catalepsy [1] and 6-OHDA rat hemiparkinson lesion models [3].

In the haloperidol induced catalepsy model, compounds were dosed subcutaneously and motor impairments (akinesia/bradykinesia) were measured in the“bar test” [1] which measures the ability of the rat to respond to an externally imposed static posture as well as the“drag test” a modification of the“wheelbarrow” test [2] which measures the ability of the rat to balance its body posture using forelimbs in response to an externally imposed dynamic (dragging) stimulus. Compounds were administered subcutaneously and efficacy was evaluated between 60 min post dose.

The compounds below were found to be effective in the haloperidol induced catalepsy model at the doses indicated, although other doses may also be active. Other compounds described herein were not necessarily tested, but are expected to be able have some level of efficacy.

In the hemilesioned rat 6-OHDA model, the effect of compound on the akinetic response to lesioning of the contralateral forepaw in the bar test and stepping activity as measured by the drag test were determined. L-DOPA has been shown to be efficacious at relevant doses in this model. This assay examines efficacy for reversing PD motor symptoms (i.e. akinesia/bradykinesia and gait abilities). The behavioral readouts will include immobility time in the bar test (akinesia), number of steps in the drag test (akinesia/bradykinesia) and time spent on rod in the rotarod test (overall gait ability, gross motor behavior). Compounds were administered subcutaneously and efficacy was evaluated between 30 and 90 min post dose. The referenced referred to in the paragraphs above are: [1] Marti M, Mela F, Guerrini R, Calo G, Bianchi C, Morari M (2004). Blockade of nociceptin/orphanin FQ transmission in rat substantia nigra reverses haloperidol-induced akinesia and normalizes nigral glutamate release. J Neurochem 91(6): 1501-1504. [2] Mabrouk, O.S., et al., Stimulation of delta opioid receptors located in substantia nigra reticulata but not globus pallidus or striatum restores motor activity in 6-hydroxydopamine lesioned rats: new insights into the role of delta receptors in parkinsonism. Journal of Neurochemistry, 2008.107(6): p.1647-1659. [3] Sanberg, P.R., et al., The catalepsy test: its ups and downs. Behav Neurosci, 1988.102(5): p. 748-59.

The compounds below were found to be effective in the hemilesioned rat 6-OHDA model at the doses indicated, although other doses may also be active. Other compounds described herein were not necessarily tested, but are expected to be able have some level of efficacy. Thus, the compounds can used to treat Parkinson’s Disease.

Example 7: Compounds are Effective in Treating Medication Overuse

Headache and Opioid-Induced Hyperalgesia

Compounds were evaluated for their ability to treat Medication Overuse Headache (“MOH”). Assessment of reversal of tactile allodynia produced by repeat dosing of sumatriptan in mice: Mice (44 male c57bl6J mice, n=8-9/group) were habituated for 2 days on testing rack prior to injections. Mice were treated with vehicle (VEH-VEH (saline) VEH- B1049 (10%BCD-saline)) or sumatriptan (SUMA) (0.6 mg/kg, i.p.) daily for 11 days.

Mechanical sensitivity was measured as the 50% withdrawal threshold to manual von Frey hair stimulation on day 12. Baseline measurement were taken 24 hours after final

SUMA/VEH injection and 3 h later, post-drug measurements were taken after dosing with B1049 (10 mg/kg, s.c., 30 min prior to testing) or SNC80 (10 mg/kg, i.p., 45 min prior to testing). (***p<0.001 compared to post-drug SUMA-VEH). The results are illustrated in Figure 3. B1049, a compound of the preseent disclosure, was found to be able to reverse tactile allodynia produced by repeat dosing of sumatriptan, which means that it can be used to reverse medication overuse headache.

Next it was determined that B1049 could reverse opioid-induced hyperalgesia. Mice (44 male c57bl6J mice, n=8-9/group) were habituated for 2 days on testing rack prior to injections. Mice were treated with vehicle (VEH-VEH (saline), VEH-B1049 (10%BCD- saline)) or morphine (MORPH) (20 mg/kg, s.c. days 1-3, 40 mg/kg s.c. day 4) twice daily (9 a.m. and 5 p.m.) for 4 days. Mechanical sensitivity was measured as the 50% withdrawal threshold to manual von Frey hair stimulation on day 5. Baseline measurement were taken 16 hours after final MORPH/VEH injection and 3 h later, post-drug measurements were taken after dosing with B1049 (10 mg/kg, s.c., 30 min prior to testing) or SNC80 (10 mg/kg, i.p., 45 min prior to testing). (***p<0.001 compared to post-drug SUMA-VEH). The results are illustrated in Figure 4. B1049, a compound of the preseent disclosure, was found to be able to reverse opioid induced hyperalgesia.

Example 8: Compounds do not induce Medication Overuse Headache

Assessment of tactile allodynia produced by repeat dosing of B1049 in mice demonsrated that it does not induce medication overuse headache. Mice (25 male c57bl6J mice, n=4- 5/group) were habituated for 2 days on testing rack prior to injections. Mice were treated with vehicle (VEH-VEH (saline), VEH-B1049 (10%BCD-saline)), sumatriptan (SUMA) (0.6 mg/kg, i.p.), SNC80 (10 mg/kg, i.p.), or B1049 (10 mg/kg, s.c.) daily for 11 days.

Mechanical sensitivity was measured as the 50% withdrawal threshold to manual von Frey hair stimulation on days 1 and 11. On these days, mice were habituated to the rack for 15-20 min, following which baseline mechanical thresholds were determined prior to administration of drug or control. On day 1 following assessment of baseline mechanical threshold, mice were weighed and injected with drug or control and returned to home cage. The results are illustrated in Figure 5. Figure 5 illustrates that sumatriptan causes medication overuse headace, whereas B1049 does not and is the same as the vehicle control (negative control). Accordingly, it has been surprisingly been found that not only is B1049 effective to treat migraines, but it also does not have the side effects that other migraine medications that are used today do have.

The compounds described herein have been found to be active and effective against various conditions, such as those described herein. The experiments described herein are exemplary in manner and are not intended, nor should they be used, to limit the scope of the embodiments. Each and every reference, publication, accession number, patent, document, etc, is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety for its intended purpose.